mirror of
https://https.git.savannah.gnu.org/git/bash.git
synced 2026-06-21 21:07:57 +02:00
Chet Ramey
7006 lines
328 KiB
HTML
7006 lines
328 KiB
HTML
<HTML>
|
|
<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
|
|
<!-- Created on December, 7 2010 by texi2html 1.64 -->
|
|
<!--
|
|
Written by: Lionel Cons <Lionel.Cons@cern.ch> (original author)
|
|
Karl Berry <karl@freefriends.org>
|
|
Olaf Bachmann <obachman@mathematik.uni-kl.de>
|
|
and many others.
|
|
Maintained by: Olaf Bachmann <obachman@mathematik.uni-kl.de>
|
|
Send bugs and suggestions to <texi2html@mathematik.uni-kl.de>
|
|
|
|
-->
|
|
<HEAD>
|
|
<TITLE>GNU Readline Library: </TITLE>
|
|
|
|
<META NAME="description" CONTENT="GNU Readline Library: ">
|
|
<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="GNU Readline Library: ">
|
|
<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
|
|
<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
|
|
<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="texi2html 1.64">
|
|
|
|
</HEAD>
|
|
|
|
<BODY LANG="" BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000FF" VLINK="#800080" ALINK="#FF0000">
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="SEC_Top"></A>
|
|
<TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
|
|
<TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC51">Index</A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
|
|
</TR></TABLE>
|
|
<H1>GNU Readline Library</H1></P><P>
|
|
|
|
This document describes the GNU Readline Library, a utility which aids
|
|
in the consistency of user interface across discrete programs which
|
|
provide a command line interface.
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<BLOCKQUOTE><TABLE BORDER=0 CELLSPACING=0>
|
|
<TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC1">1. Command Line Editing</A></TD><TD> </TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">GNU Readline User's Manual.</TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC23">2. Programming with GNU Readline</A></TD><TD> </TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">GNU Readline Programmer's Manual.</TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC49">A. GNU Free Documentation License</A></TD><TD> </TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">License for copying this manual.</TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC51">Concept Index</A></TD><TD> </TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Index of concepts described in this manual.</TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Function and Variable Index</A></TD><TD> </TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Index of externally visible functions
|
|
and variables.</TD></TR>
|
|
</TABLE></BLOCKQUOTE>
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
<HR SIZE=1>
|
|
<A NAME="SEC1"></A>
|
|
<TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
|
|
<TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top"> < </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC2"> > </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[ << ]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top"> Up </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC23"> >> </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC51">Index</A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
|
|
</TR></TABLE>
|
|
<A NAME="Command Line Editing"></A>
|
|
<H1> 1. Command Line Editing </H1>
|
|
<!--docid::SEC1::-->
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
This chapter describes the basic features of the GNU
|
|
command line editing interface.
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<BLOCKQUOTE><TABLE BORDER=0 CELLSPACING=0>
|
|
<TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC2">1.1 Introduction to Line Editing</A></TD><TD> </TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Notation used in this text.</TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC3">1.2 Readline Interaction</A></TD><TD> </TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">The minimum set of commands for editing a line.</TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC9">1.3 Readline Init File</A></TD><TD> </TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Customizing Readline from a user's view.</TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC13">1.4 Bindable Readline Commands</A></TD><TD> </TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">A description of most of the Readline commands
|
|
available for binding</TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC22">1.5 Readline vi Mode</A></TD><TD> </TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">A short description of how to make Readline
|
|
behave like the vi editor.</TD></TR>
|
|
</TABLE></BLOCKQUOTE>
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="Introduction and Notation"></A>
|
|
<HR SIZE="6">
|
|
<A NAME="SEC2"></A>
|
|
<TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
|
|
<TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC1"> < </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC3"> > </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[ << ]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC1"> Up </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC23"> >> </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC51">Index</A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
|
|
</TR></TABLE>
|
|
<H2> 1.1 Introduction to Line Editing </H2>
|
|
<!--docid::SEC2::-->
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
The following paragraphs describe the notation used to represent
|
|
keystrokes.
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
The text <KBD>C-k</KBD> is read as `Control-K' and describes the character
|
|
produced when the <KBD>k</KBD> key is pressed while the Control key
|
|
is depressed.
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
The text <KBD>M-k</KBD> is read as `Meta-K' and describes the character
|
|
produced when the Meta key (if you have one) is depressed, and the <KBD>k</KBD>
|
|
key is pressed.
|
|
The Meta key is labeled <KBD>ALT</KBD> on many keyboards.
|
|
On keyboards with two keys labeled <KBD>ALT</KBD> (usually to either side of
|
|
the space bar), the <KBD>ALT</KBD> on the left side is generally set to
|
|
work as a Meta key.
|
|
The <KBD>ALT</KBD> key on the right may also be configured to work as a
|
|
Meta key or may be configured as some other modifier, such as a
|
|
Compose key for typing accented characters.
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
If you do not have a Meta or <KBD>ALT</KBD> key, or another key working as
|
|
a Meta key, the identical keystroke can be generated by typing <KBD>ESC</KBD>
|
|
<EM>first</EM>, and then typing <KBD>k</KBD>.
|
|
Either process is known as <EM>metafying</EM> the <KBD>k</KBD> key.
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
The text <KBD>M-C-k</KBD> is read as `Meta-Control-k' and describes the
|
|
character produced by <EM>metafying</EM> <KBD>C-k</KBD>.
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
In addition, several keys have their own names. Specifically,
|
|
<KBD>DEL</KBD>, <KBD>ESC</KBD>, <KBD>LFD</KBD>, <KBD>SPC</KBD>, <KBD>RET</KBD>, and <KBD>TAB</KBD> all
|
|
stand for themselves when seen in this text, or in an init file
|
|
(see section <A HREF="readline.html#SEC9">1.3 Readline Init File</A>).
|
|
If your keyboard lacks a <KBD>LFD</KBD> key, typing <KBD>C-j</KBD> will
|
|
produce the desired character.
|
|
The <KBD>RET</KBD> key may be labeled <KBD>Return</KBD> or <KBD>Enter</KBD> on
|
|
some keyboards.
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="Readline Interaction"></A>
|
|
<HR SIZE="6">
|
|
<A NAME="SEC3"></A>
|
|
<TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
|
|
<TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC2"> < </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC4"> > </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC9"> << </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC1"> Up </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC9"> >> </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC51">Index</A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
|
|
</TR></TABLE>
|
|
<H2> 1.2 Readline Interaction </H2>
|
|
<!--docid::SEC3::-->
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
Often during an interactive session you type in a long line of text,
|
|
only to notice that the first word on the line is misspelled. The
|
|
Readline library gives you a set of commands for manipulating the text
|
|
as you type it in, allowing you to just fix your typo, and not forcing
|
|
you to retype the majority of the line. Using these editing commands,
|
|
you move the cursor to the place that needs correction, and delete or
|
|
insert the text of the corrections. Then, when you are satisfied with
|
|
the line, you simply press <KBD>RET</KBD>. You do not have to be at the
|
|
end of the line to press <KBD>RET</KBD>; the entire line is accepted
|
|
regardless of the location of the cursor within the line.
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<BLOCKQUOTE><TABLE BORDER=0 CELLSPACING=0>
|
|
<TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC4">1.2.1 Readline Bare Essentials</A></TD><TD> </TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">The least you need to know about Readline.</TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC5">1.2.2 Readline Movement Commands</A></TD><TD> </TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Moving about the input line.</TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC6">1.2.3 Readline Killing Commands</A></TD><TD> </TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">How to delete text, and how to get it back!</TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC7">1.2.4 Readline Arguments</A></TD><TD> </TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Giving numeric arguments to commands.</TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC8">1.2.5 Searching for Commands in the History</A></TD><TD> </TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Searching through previous lines.</TD></TR>
|
|
</TABLE></BLOCKQUOTE>
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="Readline Bare Essentials"></A>
|
|
<HR SIZE="6">
|
|
<A NAME="SEC4"></A>
|
|
<TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
|
|
<TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC3"> < </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC5"> > </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC9"> << </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC3"> Up </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC9"> >> </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC51">Index</A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
|
|
</TR></TABLE>
|
|
<H3> 1.2.1 Readline Bare Essentials </H3>
|
|
<!--docid::SEC4::-->
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
In order to enter characters into the line, simply type them. The typed
|
|
character appears where the cursor was, and then the cursor moves one
|
|
space to the right. If you mistype a character, you can use your
|
|
erase character to back up and delete the mistyped character.
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
Sometimes you may mistype a character, and
|
|
not notice the error until you have typed several other characters. In
|
|
that case, you can type <KBD>C-b</KBD> to move the cursor to the left, and then
|
|
correct your mistake. Afterwards, you can move the cursor to the right
|
|
with <KBD>C-f</KBD>.
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
When you add text in the middle of a line, you will notice that characters
|
|
to the right of the cursor are `pushed over' to make room for the text
|
|
that you have inserted. Likewise, when you delete text behind the cursor,
|
|
characters to the right of the cursor are `pulled back' to fill in the
|
|
blank space created by the removal of the text. A list of the bare
|
|
essentials for editing the text of an input line follows.
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<DL COMPACT>
|
|
<DT><KBD>C-b</KBD>
|
|
<DD>Move back one character.
|
|
<DT><KBD>C-f</KBD>
|
|
<DD>Move forward one character.
|
|
<DT><KBD>DEL</KBD> or <KBD>Backspace</KBD>
|
|
<DD>Delete the character to the left of the cursor.
|
|
<DT><KBD>C-d</KBD>
|
|
<DD>Delete the character underneath the cursor.
|
|
<DT>Printing characters
|
|
<DD>Insert the character into the line at the cursor.
|
|
<DT><KBD>C-_</KBD> or <KBD>C-x C-u</KBD>
|
|
<DD>Undo the last editing command. You can undo all the way back to an
|
|
empty line.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
(Depending on your configuration, the <KBD>Backspace</KBD> key be set to
|
|
delete the character to the left of the cursor and the <KBD>DEL</KBD> key set
|
|
to delete the character underneath the cursor, like <KBD>C-d</KBD>, rather
|
|
than the character to the left of the cursor.)
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="Readline Movement Commands"></A>
|
|
<HR SIZE="6">
|
|
<A NAME="SEC5"></A>
|
|
<TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
|
|
<TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC4"> < </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC6"> > </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC6"> << </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC3"> Up </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC9"> >> </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC51">Index</A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
|
|
</TR></TABLE>
|
|
<H3> 1.2.2 Readline Movement Commands </H3>
|
|
<!--docid::SEC5::-->
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
The above table describes the most basic keystrokes that you need
|
|
in order to do editing of the input line. For your convenience, many
|
|
other commands have been added in addition to <KBD>C-b</KBD>, <KBD>C-f</KBD>,
|
|
<KBD>C-d</KBD>, and <KBD>DEL</KBD>. Here are some commands for moving more rapidly
|
|
about the line.
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<DL COMPACT>
|
|
<DT><KBD>C-a</KBD>
|
|
<DD>Move to the start of the line.
|
|
<DT><KBD>C-e</KBD>
|
|
<DD>Move to the end of the line.
|
|
<DT><KBD>M-f</KBD>
|
|
<DD>Move forward a word, where a word is composed of letters and digits.
|
|
<DT><KBD>M-b</KBD>
|
|
<DD>Move backward a word.
|
|
<DT><KBD>C-l</KBD>
|
|
<DD>Clear the screen, reprinting the current line at the top.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
Notice how <KBD>C-f</KBD> moves forward a character, while <KBD>M-f</KBD> moves
|
|
forward a word. It is a loose convention that control keystrokes
|
|
operate on characters while meta keystrokes operate on words.
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="Readline Killing Commands"></A>
|
|
<HR SIZE="6">
|
|
<A NAME="SEC6"></A>
|
|
<TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
|
|
<TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC5"> < </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC7"> > </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC7"> << </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC3"> Up </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC9"> >> </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC51">Index</A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
|
|
</TR></TABLE>
|
|
<H3> 1.2.3 Readline Killing Commands </H3>
|
|
<!--docid::SEC6::-->
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX1"></A>
|
|
<A NAME="IDX2"></A>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<EM>Killing</EM> text means to delete the text from the line, but to save
|
|
it away for later use, usually by <EM>yanking</EM> (re-inserting)
|
|
it back into the line.
|
|
(`Cut' and `paste' are more recent jargon for `kill' and `yank'.)
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
If the description for a command says that it `kills' text, then you can
|
|
be sure that you can get the text back in a different (or the same)
|
|
place later.
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
When you use a kill command, the text is saved in a <EM>kill-ring</EM>.
|
|
Any number of consecutive kills save all of the killed text together, so
|
|
that when you yank it back, you get it all. The kill
|
|
ring is not line specific; the text that you killed on a previously
|
|
typed line is available to be yanked back later, when you are typing
|
|
another line.
|
|
<A NAME="IDX3"></A>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
Here is the list of commands for killing text.
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<DL COMPACT>
|
|
<DT><KBD>C-k</KBD>
|
|
<DD>Kill the text from the current cursor position to the end of the line.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
<DT><KBD>M-d</KBD>
|
|
<DD>Kill from the cursor to the end of the current word, or, if between
|
|
words, to the end of the next word.
|
|
Word boundaries are the same as those used by <KBD>M-f</KBD>.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
<DT><KBD>M-<KBD>DEL</KBD></KBD>
|
|
<DD>Kill from the cursor the start of the current word, or, if between
|
|
words, to the start of the previous word.
|
|
Word boundaries are the same as those used by <KBD>M-b</KBD>.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
<DT><KBD>C-w</KBD>
|
|
<DD>Kill from the cursor to the previous whitespace. This is different than
|
|
<KBD>M-<KBD>DEL</KBD></KBD> because the word boundaries differ.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
</DL>
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
Here is how to <EM>yank</EM> the text back into the line. Yanking
|
|
means to copy the most-recently-killed text from the kill buffer.
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<DL COMPACT>
|
|
<DT><KBD>C-y</KBD>
|
|
<DD>Yank the most recently killed text back into the buffer at the cursor.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
<DT><KBD>M-y</KBD>
|
|
<DD>Rotate the kill-ring, and yank the new top. You can only do this if
|
|
the prior command is <KBD>C-y</KBD> or <KBD>M-y</KBD>.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="Readline Arguments"></A>
|
|
<HR SIZE="6">
|
|
<A NAME="SEC7"></A>
|
|
<TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
|
|
<TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC6"> < </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC8"> > </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC8"> << </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC3"> Up </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC9"> >> </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC51">Index</A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
|
|
</TR></TABLE>
|
|
<H3> 1.2.4 Readline Arguments </H3>
|
|
<!--docid::SEC7::-->
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
You can pass numeric arguments to Readline commands. Sometimes the
|
|
argument acts as a repeat count, other times it is the <I>sign</I> of the
|
|
argument that is significant. If you pass a negative argument to a
|
|
command which normally acts in a forward direction, that command will
|
|
act in a backward direction. For example, to kill text back to the
|
|
start of the line, you might type <SAMP>`M-- C-k'</SAMP>.
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
The general way to pass numeric arguments to a command is to type meta
|
|
digits before the command. If the first `digit' typed is a minus
|
|
sign (<SAMP>`-'</SAMP>), then the sign of the argument will be negative. Once
|
|
you have typed one meta digit to get the argument started, you can type
|
|
the remainder of the digits, and then the command. For example, to give
|
|
the <KBD>C-d</KBD> command an argument of 10, you could type <SAMP>`M-1 0 C-d'</SAMP>,
|
|
which will delete the next ten characters on the input line.
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="Searching"></A>
|
|
<HR SIZE="6">
|
|
<A NAME="SEC8"></A>
|
|
<TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
|
|
<TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC7"> < </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC9"> > </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC9"> << </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC3"> Up </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC9"> >> </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC51">Index</A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
|
|
</TR></TABLE>
|
|
<H3> 1.2.5 Searching for Commands in the History </H3>
|
|
<!--docid::SEC8::-->
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
Readline provides commands for searching through the command history
|
|
for lines containing a specified string.
|
|
There are two search modes: <EM>incremental</EM> and <EM>non-incremental</EM>.
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
Incremental searches begin before the user has finished typing the
|
|
search string.
|
|
As each character of the search string is typed, Readline displays
|
|
the next entry from the history matching the string typed so far.
|
|
An incremental search requires only as many characters as needed to
|
|
find the desired history entry.
|
|
To search backward in the history for a particular string, type
|
|
<KBD>C-r</KBD>. Typing <KBD>C-s</KBD> searches forward through the history.
|
|
The characters present in the value of the <CODE>isearch-terminators</CODE> variable
|
|
are used to terminate an incremental search.
|
|
If that variable has not been assigned a value, the <KBD>ESC</KBD> and
|
|
<KBD>C-J</KBD> characters will terminate an incremental search.
|
|
<KBD>C-g</KBD> will abort an incremental search and restore the original line.
|
|
When the search is terminated, the history entry containing the
|
|
search string becomes the current line.
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
To find other matching entries in the history list, type <KBD>C-r</KBD> or
|
|
<KBD>C-s</KBD> as appropriate.
|
|
This will search backward or forward in the history for the next
|
|
entry matching the search string typed so far.
|
|
Any other key sequence bound to a Readline command will terminate
|
|
the search and execute that command.
|
|
For instance, a <KBD>RET</KBD> will terminate the search and accept
|
|
the line, thereby executing the command from the history list.
|
|
A movement command will terminate the search, make the last line found
|
|
the current line, and begin editing.
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
Readline remembers the last incremental search string. If two
|
|
<KBD>C-r</KBD>s are typed without any intervening characters defining a new
|
|
search string, any remembered search string is used.
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
Non-incremental searches read the entire search string before starting
|
|
to search for matching history lines. The search string may be
|
|
typed by the user or be part of the contents of the current line.
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="Readline Init File"></A>
|
|
<HR SIZE="6">
|
|
<A NAME="SEC9"></A>
|
|
<TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
|
|
<TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC8"> < </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC10"> > </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC13"> << </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC1"> Up </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC13"> >> </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC51">Index</A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
|
|
</TR></TABLE>
|
|
<H2> 1.3 Readline Init File </H2>
|
|
<!--docid::SEC9::-->
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
Although the Readline library comes with a set of Emacs-like
|
|
keybindings installed by default, it is possible to use a different set
|
|
of keybindings.
|
|
Any user can customize programs that use Readline by putting
|
|
commands in an <EM>inputrc</EM> file, conventionally in his home directory.
|
|
The name of this
|
|
file is taken from the value of the environment variable <CODE>INPUTRC</CODE>. If
|
|
that variable is unset, the default is <TT>`~/.inputrc'</TT>. If that
|
|
file does not exist or cannot be read, the ultimate default is
|
|
<TT>`/etc/inputrc'</TT>.
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
When a program which uses the Readline library starts up, the
|
|
init file is read, and the key bindings are set.
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
In addition, the <CODE>C-x C-r</CODE> command re-reads this init file, thus
|
|
incorporating any changes that you might have made to it.
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<BLOCKQUOTE><TABLE BORDER=0 CELLSPACING=0>
|
|
<TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD><TD> </TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Syntax for the commands in the inputrc file.</TD></TR>
|
|
</TABLE>
|
|
|
|
<br>
|
|
<TABLE BORDER=0 CELLSPACING=0>
|
|
<TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC11">1.3.2 Conditional Init Constructs</A></TD><TD> </TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Conditional key bindings in the inputrc file.</TD></TR>
|
|
</TABLE>
|
|
|
|
<br>
|
|
<TABLE BORDER=0 CELLSPACING=0>
|
|
<TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC12">1.3.3 Sample Init File</A></TD><TD> </TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">An example inputrc file.</TD></TR>
|
|
</TABLE></BLOCKQUOTE>
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="Readline Init File Syntax"></A>
|
|
<HR SIZE="6">
|
|
<A NAME="SEC10"></A>
|
|
<TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
|
|
<TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC9"> < </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC11"> > </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC13"> << </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC9"> Up </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC13"> >> </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC51">Index</A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
|
|
</TR></TABLE>
|
|
<H3> 1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax </H3>
|
|
<!--docid::SEC10::-->
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
There are only a few basic constructs allowed in the
|
|
Readline init file. Blank lines are ignored.
|
|
Lines beginning with a <SAMP>`#'</SAMP> are comments.
|
|
Lines beginning with a <SAMP>`$'</SAMP> indicate conditional
|
|
constructs (see section <A HREF="readline.html#SEC11">1.3.2 Conditional Init Constructs</A>). Other lines
|
|
denote variable settings and key bindings.
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<DL COMPACT>
|
|
<DT>Variable Settings
|
|
<DD>You can modify the run-time behavior of Readline by
|
|
altering the values of variables in Readline
|
|
using the <CODE>set</CODE> command within the init file.
|
|
The syntax is simple:
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
<TABLE><tr><td> </td><td class=example><pre>set <VAR>variable</VAR> <VAR>value</VAR>
|
|
</pre></td></tr></table></P><P>
|
|
|
|
Here, for example, is how to
|
|
change from the default Emacs-like key binding to use
|
|
<CODE>vi</CODE> line editing commands:
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<TABLE><tr><td> </td><td class=example><pre>set editing-mode vi
|
|
</pre></td></tr></table></P><P>
|
|
|
|
Variable names and values, where appropriate, are recognized without regard
|
|
to case. Unrecognized variable names are ignored.
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
Boolean variables (those that can be set to on or off) are set to on if
|
|
the value is null or empty, <VAR>on</VAR> (case-insensitive), or 1. Any other
|
|
value results in the variable being set to off.
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
A great deal of run-time behavior is changeable with the following
|
|
variables.
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX4"></A>
|
|
<DL COMPACT>
|
|
|
|
<DT><CODE>bell-style</CODE>
|
|
<DD><A NAME="IDX5"></A>
|
|
Controls what happens when Readline wants to ring the terminal bell.
|
|
If set to <SAMP>`none'</SAMP>, Readline never rings the bell. If set to
|
|
<SAMP>`visible'</SAMP>, Readline uses a visible bell if one is available.
|
|
If set to <SAMP>`audible'</SAMP> (the default), Readline attempts to ring
|
|
the terminal's bell.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
<DT><CODE>bind-tty-special-chars</CODE>
|
|
<DD><A NAME="IDX6"></A>
|
|
If set to <SAMP>`on'</SAMP>, Readline attempts to bind the control characters
|
|
treated specially by the kernel's terminal driver to their Readline
|
|
equivalents.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
<DT><CODE>comment-begin</CODE>
|
|
<DD><A NAME="IDX7"></A>
|
|
The string to insert at the beginning of the line when the
|
|
<CODE>insert-comment</CODE> command is executed. The default value
|
|
is <CODE>"#"</CODE>.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
<DT><CODE>completion-display-width</CODE>
|
|
<DD><A NAME="IDX8"></A>
|
|
The number of screen columns used to display possible matches
|
|
when performing completion.
|
|
The value is ignored if it is less than 0 or greater than the terminal
|
|
screen width.
|
|
A value of 0 will cause matches to be displayed one per line.
|
|
The default value is -1.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
<DT><CODE>completion-ignore-case</CODE>
|
|
<DD><A NAME="IDX9"></A>
|
|
If set to <SAMP>`on'</SAMP>, Readline performs filename matching and completion
|
|
in a case-insensitive fashion.
|
|
The default value is <SAMP>`off'</SAMP>.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
<DT><CODE>completion-map-case</CODE>
|
|
<DD><A NAME="IDX10"></A>
|
|
If set to <SAMP>`on'</SAMP>, and <VAR>completion-ignore-case</VAR> is enabled, Readline
|
|
treats hyphens (<SAMP>`-'</SAMP>) and underscores (<SAMP>`_'</SAMP>) as equivalent when
|
|
performing case-insensitive filename matching and completion.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
<DT><CODE>completion-prefix-display-length</CODE>
|
|
<DD><A NAME="IDX11"></A>
|
|
The length in characters of the common prefix of a list of possible
|
|
completions that is displayed without modification. When set to a
|
|
value greater than zero, common prefixes longer than this value are
|
|
replaced with an ellipsis when displaying possible completions.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
<DT><CODE>completion-query-items</CODE>
|
|
<DD><A NAME="IDX12"></A>
|
|
The number of possible completions that determines when the user is
|
|
asked whether the list of possibilities should be displayed.
|
|
If the number of possible completions is greater than this value,
|
|
Readline will ask the user whether or not he wishes to view
|
|
them; otherwise, they are simply listed.
|
|
This variable must be set to an integer value greater than or equal to 0.
|
|
A negative value means Readline should never ask.
|
|
The default limit is <CODE>100</CODE>.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
<DT><CODE>convert-meta</CODE>
|
|
<DD><A NAME="IDX13"></A>
|
|
If set to <SAMP>`on'</SAMP>, Readline will convert characters with the
|
|
eighth bit set to an ASCII key sequence by stripping the eighth
|
|
bit and prefixing an <KBD>ESC</KBD> character, converting them to a
|
|
meta-prefixed key sequence. The default value is <SAMP>`on'</SAMP>.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
<DT><CODE>disable-completion</CODE>
|
|
<DD><A NAME="IDX14"></A>
|
|
If set to <SAMP>`On'</SAMP>, Readline will inhibit word completion.
|
|
Completion characters will be inserted into the line as if they had
|
|
been mapped to <CODE>self-insert</CODE>. The default is <SAMP>`off'</SAMP>.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
<DT><CODE>editing-mode</CODE>
|
|
<DD><A NAME="IDX15"></A>
|
|
The <CODE>editing-mode</CODE> variable controls which default set of
|
|
key bindings is used. By default, Readline starts up in Emacs editing
|
|
mode, where the keystrokes are most similar to Emacs. This variable can be
|
|
set to either <SAMP>`emacs'</SAMP> or <SAMP>`vi'</SAMP>.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
<DT><CODE>echo-control-characters</CODE>
|
|
<DD>When set to <SAMP>`on'</SAMP>, on operating systems that indicate they support it,
|
|
readline echoes a character corresponding to a signal generated from the
|
|
keyboard. The default is <SAMP>`on'</SAMP>.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
<DT><CODE>enable-keypad</CODE>
|
|
<DD><A NAME="IDX16"></A>
|
|
When set to <SAMP>`on'</SAMP>, Readline will try to enable the application
|
|
keypad when it is called. Some systems need this to enable the
|
|
arrow keys. The default is <SAMP>`off'</SAMP>.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
<DT><CODE>enable-meta-key</CODE>
|
|
<DD>When set to <SAMP>`on'</SAMP>, Readline will try to enable any meta modifier
|
|
key the terminal claims to support when it is called. On many terminals,
|
|
the meta key is used to send eight-bit characters.
|
|
The default is <SAMP>`on'</SAMP>.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
<DT><CODE>expand-tilde</CODE>
|
|
<DD><A NAME="IDX17"></A>
|
|
If set to <SAMP>`on'</SAMP>, tilde expansion is performed when Readline
|
|
attempts word completion. The default is <SAMP>`off'</SAMP>.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
<DT><CODE>history-preserve-point</CODE>
|
|
<DD><A NAME="IDX18"></A>
|
|
If set to <SAMP>`on'</SAMP>, the history code attempts to place the point (the
|
|
current cursor position) at the
|
|
same location on each history line retrieved with <CODE>previous-history</CODE>
|
|
or <CODE>next-history</CODE>. The default is <SAMP>`off'</SAMP>.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
<DT><CODE>history-size</CODE>
|
|
<DD><A NAME="IDX19"></A>
|
|
Set the maximum number of history entries saved in the history list. If
|
|
set to zero, the number of entries in the history list is not limited.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
<DT><CODE>horizontal-scroll-mode</CODE>
|
|
<DD><A NAME="IDX20"></A>
|
|
This variable can be set to either <SAMP>`on'</SAMP> or <SAMP>`off'</SAMP>. Setting it
|
|
to <SAMP>`on'</SAMP> means that the text of the lines being edited will scroll
|
|
horizontally on a single screen line when they are longer than the width
|
|
of the screen, instead of wrapping onto a new screen line. By default,
|
|
this variable is set to <SAMP>`off'</SAMP>.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
<DT><CODE>input-meta</CODE>
|
|
<DD><A NAME="IDX21"></A>
|
|
<A NAME="IDX22"></A>
|
|
If set to <SAMP>`on'</SAMP>, Readline will enable eight-bit input (it
|
|
will not clear the eighth bit in the characters it reads),
|
|
regardless of what the terminal claims it can support. The
|
|
default value is <SAMP>`off'</SAMP>. The name <CODE>meta-flag</CODE> is a
|
|
synonym for this variable.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
<DT><CODE>isearch-terminators</CODE>
|
|
<DD><A NAME="IDX23"></A>
|
|
The string of characters that should terminate an incremental search without
|
|
subsequently executing the character as a command (see section <A HREF="readline.html#SEC8">1.2.5 Searching for Commands in the History</A>).
|
|
If this variable has not been given a value, the characters <KBD>ESC</KBD> and
|
|
<KBD>C-J</KBD> will terminate an incremental search.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
<DT><CODE>keymap</CODE>
|
|
<DD><A NAME="IDX24"></A>
|
|
Sets Readline's idea of the current keymap for key binding commands.
|
|
Acceptable <CODE>keymap</CODE> names are
|
|
<CODE>emacs</CODE>,
|
|
<CODE>emacs-standard</CODE>,
|
|
<CODE>emacs-meta</CODE>,
|
|
<CODE>emacs-ctlx</CODE>,
|
|
<CODE>vi</CODE>,
|
|
<CODE>vi-move</CODE>,
|
|
<CODE>vi-command</CODE>, and
|
|
<CODE>vi-insert</CODE>.
|
|
<CODE>vi</CODE> is equivalent to <CODE>vi-command</CODE>; <CODE>emacs</CODE> is
|
|
equivalent to <CODE>emacs-standard</CODE>. The default value is <CODE>emacs</CODE>.
|
|
The value of the <CODE>editing-mode</CODE> variable also affects the
|
|
default keymap.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
<DT><CODE>mark-directories</CODE>
|
|
<DD>If set to <SAMP>`on'</SAMP>, completed directory names have a slash
|
|
appended. The default is <SAMP>`on'</SAMP>.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
<DT><CODE>mark-modified-lines</CODE>
|
|
<DD><A NAME="IDX25"></A>
|
|
This variable, when set to <SAMP>`on'</SAMP>, causes Readline to display an
|
|
asterisk (<SAMP>`*'</SAMP>) at the start of history lines which have been modified.
|
|
This variable is <SAMP>`off'</SAMP> by default.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
<DT><CODE>mark-symlinked-directories</CODE>
|
|
<DD><A NAME="IDX26"></A>
|
|
If set to <SAMP>`on'</SAMP>, completed names which are symbolic links
|
|
to directories have a slash appended (subject to the value of
|
|
<CODE>mark-directories</CODE>).
|
|
The default is <SAMP>`off'</SAMP>.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
<DT><CODE>match-hidden-files</CODE>
|
|
<DD><A NAME="IDX27"></A>
|
|
This variable, when set to <SAMP>`on'</SAMP>, causes Readline to match files whose
|
|
names begin with a <SAMP>`.'</SAMP> (hidden files) when performing filename
|
|
completion.
|
|
If set to <SAMP>`off'</SAMP>, the leading <SAMP>`.'</SAMP> must be
|
|
supplied by the user in the filename to be completed.
|
|
This variable is <SAMP>`on'</SAMP> by default.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
<DT><CODE>menu-complete-display-prefix</CODE>
|
|
<DD><A NAME="IDX28"></A>
|
|
If set to <SAMP>`on'</SAMP>, menu completion displays the common prefix of the
|
|
list of possible completions (which may be empty) before cycling through
|
|
the list. The default is <SAMP>`off'</SAMP>.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
<DT><CODE>output-meta</CODE>
|
|
<DD><A NAME="IDX29"></A>
|
|
If set to <SAMP>`on'</SAMP>, Readline will display characters with the
|
|
eighth bit set directly rather than as a meta-prefixed escape
|
|
sequence. The default is <SAMP>`off'</SAMP>.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
<DT><CODE>page-completions</CODE>
|
|
<DD><A NAME="IDX30"></A>
|
|
If set to <SAMP>`on'</SAMP>, Readline uses an internal <CODE>more</CODE>-like pager
|
|
to display a screenful of possible completions at a time.
|
|
This variable is <SAMP>`on'</SAMP> by default.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
<DT><CODE>print-completions-horizontally</CODE>
|
|
<DD>If set to <SAMP>`on'</SAMP>, Readline will display completions with matches
|
|
sorted horizontally in alphabetical order, rather than down the screen.
|
|
The default is <SAMP>`off'</SAMP>.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
<DT><CODE>revert-all-at-newline</CODE>
|
|
<DD><A NAME="IDX31"></A>
|
|
If set to <SAMP>`on'</SAMP>, Readline will undo all changes to history lines
|
|
before returning when <CODE>accept-line</CODE> is executed. By default,
|
|
history lines may be modified and retain individual undo lists across
|
|
calls to <CODE>readline</CODE>. The default is <SAMP>`off'</SAMP>.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
<DT><CODE>show-all-if-ambiguous</CODE>
|
|
<DD><A NAME="IDX32"></A>
|
|
This alters the default behavior of the completion functions. If
|
|
set to <SAMP>`on'</SAMP>,
|
|
words which have more than one possible completion cause the
|
|
matches to be listed immediately instead of ringing the bell.
|
|
The default value is <SAMP>`off'</SAMP>.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
<DT><CODE>show-all-if-unmodified</CODE>
|
|
<DD><A NAME="IDX33"></A>
|
|
This alters the default behavior of the completion functions in
|
|
a fashion similar to <VAR>show-all-if-ambiguous</VAR>.
|
|
If set to <SAMP>`on'</SAMP>,
|
|
words which have more than one possible completion without any
|
|
possible partial completion (the possible completions don't share
|
|
a common prefix) cause the matches to be listed immediately instead
|
|
of ringing the bell.
|
|
The default value is <SAMP>`off'</SAMP>.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
<DT><CODE>skip-completed-text</CODE>
|
|
<DD><A NAME="IDX34"></A>
|
|
If set to <SAMP>`on'</SAMP>, this alters the default completion behavior when
|
|
inserting a single match into the line. It's only active when
|
|
performing completion in the middle of a word. If enabled, readline
|
|
does not insert characters from the completion that match characters
|
|
after point in the word being completed, so portions of the word
|
|
following the cursor are not duplicated.
|
|
For instance, if this is enabled, attempting completion when the cursor
|
|
is after the <SAMP>`e'</SAMP> in <SAMP>`Makefile'</SAMP> will result in <SAMP>`Makefile'</SAMP>
|
|
rather than <SAMP>`Makefilefile'</SAMP>, assuming there is a single possible
|
|
completion.
|
|
The default value is <SAMP>`off'</SAMP>.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
<DT><CODE>visible-stats</CODE>
|
|
<DD><A NAME="IDX35"></A>
|
|
If set to <SAMP>`on'</SAMP>, a character denoting a file's type
|
|
is appended to the filename when listing possible
|
|
completions. The default is <SAMP>`off'</SAMP>.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
</DL>
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
<DT>Key Bindings
|
|
<DD>The syntax for controlling key bindings in the init file is
|
|
simple. First you need to find the name of the command that you
|
|
want to change. The following sections contain tables of the command
|
|
name, the default keybinding, if any, and a short description of what
|
|
the command does.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
Once you know the name of the command, simply place on a line
|
|
in the init file the name of the key
|
|
you wish to bind the command to, a colon, and then the name of the
|
|
command.
|
|
There can be no space between the key name and the colon -- that will be
|
|
interpreted as part of the key name.
|
|
The name of the key can be expressed in different ways, depending on
|
|
what you find most comfortable.
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
In addition to command names, readline allows keys to be bound
|
|
to a string that is inserted when the key is pressed (a <VAR>macro</VAR>).
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<DL COMPACT>
|
|
<DT><VAR>keyname</VAR>: <VAR>function-name</VAR> or <VAR>macro</VAR>
|
|
<DD><VAR>keyname</VAR> is the name of a key spelled out in English. For example:
|
|
<TABLE><tr><td> </td><td class=example><pre>Control-u: universal-argument
|
|
Meta-Rubout: backward-kill-word
|
|
Control-o: "> output"
|
|
</pre></td></tr></table><P>
|
|
|
|
In the above example, <KBD>C-u</KBD> is bound to the function
|
|
<CODE>universal-argument</CODE>,
|
|
<KBD>M-DEL</KBD> is bound to the function <CODE>backward-kill-word</CODE>, and
|
|
<KBD>C-o</KBD> is bound to run the macro
|
|
expressed on the right hand side (that is, to insert the text
|
|
<SAMP>`> output'</SAMP> into the line).
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
A number of symbolic character names are recognized while
|
|
processing this key binding syntax:
|
|
<VAR>DEL</VAR>,
|
|
<VAR>ESC</VAR>,
|
|
<VAR>ESCAPE</VAR>,
|
|
<VAR>LFD</VAR>,
|
|
<VAR>NEWLINE</VAR>,
|
|
<VAR>RET</VAR>,
|
|
<VAR>RETURN</VAR>,
|
|
<VAR>RUBOUT</VAR>,
|
|
<VAR>SPACE</VAR>,
|
|
<VAR>SPC</VAR>,
|
|
and
|
|
<VAR>TAB</VAR>.
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<DT>"<VAR>keyseq</VAR>": <VAR>function-name</VAR> or <VAR>macro</VAR>
|
|
<DD><VAR>keyseq</VAR> differs from <VAR>keyname</VAR> above in that strings
|
|
denoting an entire key sequence can be specified, by placing
|
|
the key sequence in double quotes. Some GNU Emacs style key
|
|
escapes can be used, as in the following example, but the
|
|
special character names are not recognized.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
<TABLE><tr><td> </td><td class=example><pre>"\C-u": universal-argument
|
|
"\C-x\C-r": re-read-init-file
|
|
"\e[11~": "Function Key 1"
|
|
</pre></td></tr></table></P><P>
|
|
|
|
In the above example, <KBD>C-u</KBD> is again bound to the function
|
|
<CODE>universal-argument</CODE> (just as it was in the first example),
|
|
<SAMP>`<KBD>C-x</KBD> <KBD>C-r</KBD>'</SAMP> is bound to the function <CODE>re-read-init-file</CODE>,
|
|
and <SAMP>`<KBD>ESC</KBD> <KBD>[</KBD> <KBD>1</KBD> <KBD>1</KBD> <KBD>~</KBD>'</SAMP> is bound to insert
|
|
the text <SAMP>`Function Key 1'</SAMP>.
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
</DL>
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
The following GNU Emacs style escape sequences are available when
|
|
specifying key sequences:
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<DL COMPACT>
|
|
<DT><CODE><KBD>\C-</KBD></CODE>
|
|
<DD>control prefix
|
|
<DT><CODE><KBD>\M-</KBD></CODE>
|
|
<DD>meta prefix
|
|
<DT><CODE><KBD>\e</KBD></CODE>
|
|
<DD>an escape character
|
|
<DT><CODE><KBD>\\</KBD></CODE>
|
|
<DD>backslash
|
|
<DT><CODE><KBD>\"</KBD></CODE>
|
|
<DD><KBD>"</KBD>, a double quotation mark
|
|
<DT><CODE><KBD>\'</KBD></CODE>
|
|
<DD><KBD>'</KBD>, a single quote or apostrophe
|
|
</DL>
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
In addition to the GNU Emacs style escape sequences, a second
|
|
set of backslash escapes is available:
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<DL COMPACT>
|
|
<DT><CODE>\a</CODE>
|
|
<DD>alert (bell)
|
|
<DT><CODE>\b</CODE>
|
|
<DD>backspace
|
|
<DT><CODE>\d</CODE>
|
|
<DD>delete
|
|
<DT><CODE>\f</CODE>
|
|
<DD>form feed
|
|
<DT><CODE>\n</CODE>
|
|
<DD>newline
|
|
<DT><CODE>\r</CODE>
|
|
<DD>carriage return
|
|
<DT><CODE>\t</CODE>
|
|
<DD>horizontal tab
|
|
<DT><CODE>\v</CODE>
|
|
<DD>vertical tab
|
|
<DT><CODE>\<VAR>nnn</VAR></CODE>
|
|
<DD>the eight-bit character whose value is the octal value <VAR>nnn</VAR>
|
|
(one to three digits)
|
|
<DT><CODE>\x<VAR>HH</VAR></CODE>
|
|
<DD>the eight-bit character whose value is the hexadecimal value <VAR>HH</VAR>
|
|
(one or two hex digits)
|
|
</DL>
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
When entering the text of a macro, single or double quotes must
|
|
be used to indicate a macro definition.
|
|
Unquoted text is assumed to be a function name.
|
|
In the macro body, the backslash escapes described above are expanded.
|
|
Backslash will quote any other character in the macro text,
|
|
including <SAMP>`"'</SAMP> and <SAMP>`''</SAMP>.
|
|
For example, the following binding will make <SAMP>`<KBD>C-x</KBD> \'</SAMP>
|
|
insert a single <SAMP>`\'</SAMP> into the line:
|
|
<TABLE><tr><td> </td><td class=example><pre>"\C-x\\": "\\"
|
|
</pre></td></tr></table></P><P>
|
|
|
|
</DL>
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="Conditional Init Constructs"></A>
|
|
<HR SIZE="6">
|
|
<A NAME="SEC11"></A>
|
|
<TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
|
|
<TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC10"> < </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC12"> > </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC12"> << </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC9"> Up </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC13"> >> </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC51">Index</A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
|
|
</TR></TABLE>
|
|
<H3> 1.3.2 Conditional Init Constructs </H3>
|
|
<!--docid::SEC11::-->
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
Readline implements a facility similar in spirit to the conditional
|
|
compilation features of the C preprocessor which allows key
|
|
bindings and variable settings to be performed as the result
|
|
of tests. There are four parser directives used.
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<DL COMPACT>
|
|
<DT><CODE>$if</CODE>
|
|
<DD>The <CODE>$if</CODE> construct allows bindings to be made based on the
|
|
editing mode, the terminal being used, or the application using
|
|
Readline. The text of the test extends to the end of the line;
|
|
no characters are required to isolate it.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
<DL COMPACT>
|
|
<DT><CODE>mode</CODE>
|
|
<DD>The <CODE>mode=</CODE> form of the <CODE>$if</CODE> directive is used to test
|
|
whether Readline is in <CODE>emacs</CODE> or <CODE>vi</CODE> mode.
|
|
This may be used in conjunction
|
|
with the <SAMP>`set keymap'</SAMP> command, for instance, to set bindings in
|
|
the <CODE>emacs-standard</CODE> and <CODE>emacs-ctlx</CODE> keymaps only if
|
|
Readline is starting out in <CODE>emacs</CODE> mode.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
<DT><CODE>term</CODE>
|
|
<DD>The <CODE>term=</CODE> form may be used to include terminal-specific
|
|
key bindings, perhaps to bind the key sequences output by the
|
|
terminal's function keys. The word on the right side of the
|
|
<SAMP>`='</SAMP> is tested against both the full name of the terminal and
|
|
the portion of the terminal name before the first <SAMP>`-'</SAMP>. This
|
|
allows <CODE>sun</CODE> to match both <CODE>sun</CODE> and <CODE>sun-cmd</CODE>,
|
|
for instance.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
<DT><CODE>application</CODE>
|
|
<DD>The <VAR>application</VAR> construct is used to include
|
|
application-specific settings. Each program using the Readline
|
|
library sets the <VAR>application name</VAR>, and you can test for
|
|
a particular value.
|
|
This could be used to bind key sequences to functions useful for
|
|
a specific program. For instance, the following command adds a
|
|
key sequence that quotes the current or previous word in Bash:
|
|
<TABLE><tr><td> </td><td class=example><pre>$if Bash
|
|
# Quote the current or previous word
|
|
"\C-xq": "\eb\"\ef\""
|
|
$endif
|
|
</pre></td></tr></table></DL>
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
<DT><CODE>$endif</CODE>
|
|
<DD>This command, as seen in the previous example, terminates an
|
|
<CODE>$if</CODE> command.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
<DT><CODE>$else</CODE>
|
|
<DD>Commands in this branch of the <CODE>$if</CODE> directive are executed if
|
|
the test fails.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
<DT><CODE>$include</CODE>
|
|
<DD>This directive takes a single filename as an argument and reads commands
|
|
and bindings from that file.
|
|
For example, the following directive reads from <TT>`/etc/inputrc'</TT>:
|
|
<TABLE><tr><td> </td><td class=example><pre>$include /etc/inputrc
|
|
</pre></td></tr></table></DL>
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="Sample Init File"></A>
|
|
<HR SIZE="6">
|
|
<A NAME="SEC12"></A>
|
|
<TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
|
|
<TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC11"> < </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC13"> > </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC13"> << </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC9"> Up </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC13"> >> </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC51">Index</A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
|
|
</TR></TABLE>
|
|
<H3> 1.3.3 Sample Init File </H3>
|
|
<!--docid::SEC12::-->
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
Here is an example of an <VAR>inputrc</VAR> file. This illustrates key
|
|
binding, variable assignment, and conditional syntax.
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<TABLE><tr><td> </td><td class=example><pre># This file controls the behaviour of line input editing for
|
|
# programs that use the GNU Readline library. Existing
|
|
# programs include FTP, Bash, and GDB.
|
|
#
|
|
# You can re-read the inputrc file with C-x C-r.
|
|
# Lines beginning with '#' are comments.
|
|
#
|
|
# First, include any systemwide bindings and variable
|
|
# assignments from /etc/Inputrc
|
|
$include /etc/Inputrc
|
|
|
|
#
|
|
# Set various bindings for emacs mode.
|
|
|
|
set editing-mode emacs
|
|
|
|
$if mode=emacs
|
|
|
|
Meta-Control-h: backward-kill-word Text after the function name is ignored
|
|
|
|
#
|
|
# Arrow keys in keypad mode
|
|
#
|
|
#"\M-OD": backward-char
|
|
#"\M-OC": forward-char
|
|
#"\M-OA": previous-history
|
|
#"\M-OB": next-history
|
|
#
|
|
# Arrow keys in ANSI mode
|
|
#
|
|
"\M-[D": backward-char
|
|
"\M-[C": forward-char
|
|
"\M-[A": previous-history
|
|
"\M-[B": next-history
|
|
#
|
|
# Arrow keys in 8 bit keypad mode
|
|
#
|
|
#"\M-\C-OD": backward-char
|
|
#"\M-\C-OC": forward-char
|
|
#"\M-\C-OA": previous-history
|
|
#"\M-\C-OB": next-history
|
|
#
|
|
# Arrow keys in 8 bit ANSI mode
|
|
#
|
|
#"\M-\C-[D": backward-char
|
|
#"\M-\C-[C": forward-char
|
|
#"\M-\C-[A": previous-history
|
|
#"\M-\C-[B": next-history
|
|
|
|
C-q: quoted-insert
|
|
|
|
$endif
|
|
|
|
# An old-style binding. This happens to be the default.
|
|
TAB: complete
|
|
|
|
# Macros that are convenient for shell interaction
|
|
$if Bash
|
|
# edit the path
|
|
"\C-xp": "PATH=${PATH}\e\C-e\C-a\ef\C-f"
|
|
# prepare to type a quoted word --
|
|
# insert open and close double quotes
|
|
# and move to just after the open quote
|
|
"\C-x\"": "\"\"\C-b"
|
|
# insert a backslash (testing backslash escapes
|
|
# in sequences and macros)
|
|
"\C-x\\": "\\"
|
|
# Quote the current or previous word
|
|
"\C-xq": "\eb\"\ef\""
|
|
# Add a binding to refresh the line, which is unbound
|
|
"\C-xr": redraw-current-line
|
|
# Edit variable on current line.
|
|
"\M-\C-v": "\C-a\C-k$\C-y\M-\C-e\C-a\C-y="
|
|
$endif
|
|
|
|
# use a visible bell if one is available
|
|
set bell-style visible
|
|
|
|
# don't strip characters to 7 bits when reading
|
|
set input-meta on
|
|
|
|
# allow iso-latin1 characters to be inserted rather
|
|
# than converted to prefix-meta sequences
|
|
set convert-meta off
|
|
|
|
# display characters with the eighth bit set directly
|
|
# rather than as meta-prefixed characters
|
|
set output-meta on
|
|
|
|
# if there are more than 150 possible completions for
|
|
# a word, ask the user if he wants to see all of them
|
|
set completion-query-items 150
|
|
|
|
# For FTP
|
|
$if Ftp
|
|
"\C-xg": "get \M-?"
|
|
"\C-xt": "put \M-?"
|
|
"\M-.": yank-last-arg
|
|
$endif
|
|
</pre></td></tr></table></P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="Bindable Readline Commands"></A>
|
|
<HR SIZE="6">
|
|
<A NAME="SEC13"></A>
|
|
<TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
|
|
<TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC12"> < </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC14"> > </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC22"> << </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC1"> Up </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC22"> >> </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC51">Index</A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
|
|
</TR></TABLE>
|
|
<H2> 1.4 Bindable Readline Commands </H2>
|
|
<!--docid::SEC13::-->
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
<BLOCKQUOTE><TABLE BORDER=0 CELLSPACING=0>
|
|
<TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC14">1.4.1 Commands For Moving</A></TD><TD> </TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Moving about the line.</TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD><TD> </TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Getting at previous lines.</TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC16">1.4.3 Commands For Changing Text</A></TD><TD> </TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Commands for changing text.</TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD><TD> </TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Commands for killing and yanking.</TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC18">1.4.5 Specifying Numeric Arguments</A></TD><TD> </TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Specifying numeric arguments, repeat counts.</TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC19">1.4.6 Letting Readline Type For You</A></TD><TD> </TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Getting Readline to do the typing for you.</TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC20">1.4.7 Keyboard Macros</A></TD><TD> </TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Saving and re-executing typed characters</TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD><TD> </TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Other miscellaneous commands.</TD></TR>
|
|
</TABLE></BLOCKQUOTE>
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
This section describes Readline commands that may be bound to key
|
|
sequences.
|
|
Command names without an accompanying key sequence are unbound by default.
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
In the following descriptions, <EM>point</EM> refers to the current cursor
|
|
position, and <EM>mark</EM> refers to a cursor position saved by the
|
|
<CODE>set-mark</CODE> command.
|
|
The text between the point and mark is referred to as the <EM>region</EM>.
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="Commands For Moving"></A>
|
|
<HR SIZE="6">
|
|
<A NAME="SEC14"></A>
|
|
<TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
|
|
<TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC13"> < </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC15"> > </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC22"> << </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC13"> Up </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC22"> >> </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC51">Index</A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
|
|
</TR></TABLE>
|
|
<H3> 1.4.1 Commands For Moving </H3>
|
|
<!--docid::SEC14::-->
|
|
<DL COMPACT>
|
|
<A NAME="IDX36"></A>
|
|
<DT><CODE>beginning-of-line (C-a)</CODE>
|
|
<DD><A NAME="IDX37"></A>
|
|
Move to the start of the current line.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX38"></A>
|
|
<DT><CODE>end-of-line (C-e)</CODE>
|
|
<DD><A NAME="IDX39"></A>
|
|
Move to the end of the line.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX40"></A>
|
|
<DT><CODE>forward-char (C-f)</CODE>
|
|
<DD><A NAME="IDX41"></A>
|
|
Move forward a character.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX42"></A>
|
|
<DT><CODE>backward-char (C-b)</CODE>
|
|
<DD><A NAME="IDX43"></A>
|
|
Move back a character.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX44"></A>
|
|
<DT><CODE>forward-word (M-f)</CODE>
|
|
<DD><A NAME="IDX45"></A>
|
|
Move forward to the end of the next word.
|
|
Words are composed of letters and digits.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX46"></A>
|
|
<DT><CODE>backward-word (M-b)</CODE>
|
|
<DD><A NAME="IDX47"></A>
|
|
Move back to the start of the current or previous word.
|
|
Words are composed of letters and digits.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX48"></A>
|
|
<DT><CODE>clear-screen (C-l)</CODE>
|
|
<DD><A NAME="IDX49"></A>
|
|
Clear the screen and redraw the current line,
|
|
leaving the current line at the top of the screen.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX50"></A>
|
|
<DT><CODE>redraw-current-line ()</CODE>
|
|
<DD><A NAME="IDX51"></A>
|
|
Refresh the current line. By default, this is unbound.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
</DL>
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="Commands For History"></A>
|
|
<HR SIZE="6">
|
|
<A NAME="SEC15"></A>
|
|
<TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
|
|
<TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC14"> < </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC16"> > </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC16"> << </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC13"> Up </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC22"> >> </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC51">Index</A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
|
|
</TR></TABLE>
|
|
<H3> 1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History </H3>
|
|
<!--docid::SEC15::-->
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
<DL COMPACT>
|
|
<A NAME="IDX52"></A>
|
|
<DT><CODE>accept-line (Newline or Return)</CODE>
|
|
<DD><A NAME="IDX53"></A>
|
|
Accept the line regardless of where the cursor is.
|
|
If this line is
|
|
non-empty, it may be added to the history list for future recall with
|
|
<CODE>add_history()</CODE>.
|
|
If this line is a modified history line, the history line is restored
|
|
to its original state.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX54"></A>
|
|
<DT><CODE>previous-history (C-p)</CODE>
|
|
<DD><A NAME="IDX55"></A>
|
|
Move `back' through the history list, fetching the previous command.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX56"></A>
|
|
<DT><CODE>next-history (C-n)</CODE>
|
|
<DD><A NAME="IDX57"></A>
|
|
Move `forward' through the history list, fetching the next command.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX58"></A>
|
|
<DT><CODE>beginning-of-history (M-<)</CODE>
|
|
<DD><A NAME="IDX59"></A>
|
|
Move to the first line in the history.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX60"></A>
|
|
<DT><CODE>end-of-history (M->)</CODE>
|
|
<DD><A NAME="IDX61"></A>
|
|
Move to the end of the input history, i.e., the line currently
|
|
being entered.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX62"></A>
|
|
<DT><CODE>reverse-search-history (C-r)</CODE>
|
|
<DD><A NAME="IDX63"></A>
|
|
Search backward starting at the current line and moving `up' through
|
|
the history as necessary. This is an incremental search.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX64"></A>
|
|
<DT><CODE>forward-search-history (C-s)</CODE>
|
|
<DD><A NAME="IDX65"></A>
|
|
Search forward starting at the current line and moving `down' through
|
|
the the history as necessary. This is an incremental search.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX66"></A>
|
|
<DT><CODE>non-incremental-reverse-search-history (M-p)</CODE>
|
|
<DD><A NAME="IDX67"></A>
|
|
Search backward starting at the current line and moving `up'
|
|
through the history as necessary using a non-incremental search
|
|
for a string supplied by the user.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX68"></A>
|
|
<DT><CODE>non-incremental-forward-search-history (M-n)</CODE>
|
|
<DD><A NAME="IDX69"></A>
|
|
Search forward starting at the current line and moving `down'
|
|
through the the history as necessary using a non-incremental search
|
|
for a string supplied by the user.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX70"></A>
|
|
<DT><CODE>history-search-forward ()</CODE>
|
|
<DD><A NAME="IDX71"></A>
|
|
Search forward through the history for the string of characters
|
|
between the start of the current line and the point.
|
|
This is a non-incremental search.
|
|
By default, this command is unbound.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX72"></A>
|
|
<DT><CODE>history-search-backward ()</CODE>
|
|
<DD><A NAME="IDX73"></A>
|
|
Search backward through the history for the string of characters
|
|
between the start of the current line and the point. This
|
|
is a non-incremental search. By default, this command is unbound.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX74"></A>
|
|
<DT><CODE>yank-nth-arg (M-C-y)</CODE>
|
|
<DD><A NAME="IDX75"></A>
|
|
Insert the first argument to the previous command (usually
|
|
the second word on the previous line) at point.
|
|
With an argument <VAR>n</VAR>,
|
|
insert the <VAR>n</VAR>th word from the previous command (the words
|
|
in the previous command begin with word 0). A negative argument
|
|
inserts the <VAR>n</VAR>th word from the end of the previous command.
|
|
Once the argument <VAR>n</VAR> is computed, the argument is extracted
|
|
as if the <SAMP>`!<VAR>n</VAR>'</SAMP> history expansion had been specified.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX76"></A>
|
|
<DT><CODE>yank-last-arg (M-. or M-_)</CODE>
|
|
<DD><A NAME="IDX77"></A>
|
|
Insert last argument to the previous command (the last word of the
|
|
previous history entry).
|
|
With a numeric argument, behave exactly like <CODE>yank-nth-arg</CODE>.
|
|
Successive calls to <CODE>yank-last-arg</CODE> move back through the history
|
|
list, inserting the last word (or the word specified by the argument to
|
|
the first call) of each line in turn.
|
|
Any numeric argument supplied to these successive calls determines
|
|
the direction to move through the history. A negative argument switches
|
|
the direction through the history (back or forward).
|
|
The history expansion facilities are used to extract the last argument,
|
|
as if the <SAMP>`!$'</SAMP> history expansion had been specified.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
</DL>
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="Commands For Text"></A>
|
|
<HR SIZE="6">
|
|
<A NAME="SEC16"></A>
|
|
<TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
|
|
<TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC15"> < </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC17"> > </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC17"> << </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC13"> Up </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC22"> >> </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC51">Index</A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
|
|
</TR></TABLE>
|
|
<H3> 1.4.3 Commands For Changing Text </H3>
|
|
<!--docid::SEC16::-->
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
<DL COMPACT>
|
|
<A NAME="IDX78"></A>
|
|
<DT><CODE>delete-char (C-d)</CODE>
|
|
<DD><A NAME="IDX79"></A>
|
|
Delete the character at point. If point is at the
|
|
beginning of the line, there are no characters in the line, and
|
|
the last character typed was not bound to <CODE>delete-char</CODE>, then
|
|
return EOF.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX80"></A>
|
|
<DT><CODE>backward-delete-char (Rubout)</CODE>
|
|
<DD><A NAME="IDX81"></A>
|
|
Delete the character behind the cursor. A numeric argument means
|
|
to kill the characters instead of deleting them.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX82"></A>
|
|
<DT><CODE>forward-backward-delete-char ()</CODE>
|
|
<DD><A NAME="IDX83"></A>
|
|
Delete the character under the cursor, unless the cursor is at the
|
|
end of the line, in which case the character behind the cursor is
|
|
deleted. By default, this is not bound to a key.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX84"></A>
|
|
<DT><CODE>quoted-insert (C-q or C-v)</CODE>
|
|
<DD><A NAME="IDX85"></A>
|
|
Add the next character typed to the line verbatim. This is
|
|
how to insert key sequences like <KBD>C-q</KBD>, for example.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX86"></A>
|
|
<DT><CODE>tab-insert (M-<KBD>TAB</KBD>)</CODE>
|
|
<DD><A NAME="IDX87"></A>
|
|
Insert a tab character.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX88"></A>
|
|
<DT><CODE>self-insert (a, b, A, 1, !, <small>...</small>)</CODE>
|
|
<DD><A NAME="IDX89"></A>
|
|
Insert yourself.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX90"></A>
|
|
<DT><CODE>transpose-chars (C-t)</CODE>
|
|
<DD><A NAME="IDX91"></A>
|
|
Drag the character before the cursor forward over
|
|
the character at the cursor, moving the
|
|
cursor forward as well. If the insertion point
|
|
is at the end of the line, then this
|
|
transposes the last two characters of the line.
|
|
Negative arguments have no effect.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX92"></A>
|
|
<DT><CODE>transpose-words (M-t)</CODE>
|
|
<DD><A NAME="IDX93"></A>
|
|
Drag the word before point past the word after point,
|
|
moving point past that word as well.
|
|
If the insertion point is at the end of the line, this transposes
|
|
the last two words on the line.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX94"></A>
|
|
<DT><CODE>upcase-word (M-u)</CODE>
|
|
<DD><A NAME="IDX95"></A>
|
|
Uppercase the current (or following) word. With a negative argument,
|
|
uppercase the previous word, but do not move the cursor.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX96"></A>
|
|
<DT><CODE>downcase-word (M-l)</CODE>
|
|
<DD><A NAME="IDX97"></A>
|
|
Lowercase the current (or following) word. With a negative argument,
|
|
lowercase the previous word, but do not move the cursor.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX98"></A>
|
|
<DT><CODE>capitalize-word (M-c)</CODE>
|
|
<DD><A NAME="IDX99"></A>
|
|
Capitalize the current (or following) word. With a negative argument,
|
|
capitalize the previous word, but do not move the cursor.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX100"></A>
|
|
<DT><CODE>overwrite-mode ()</CODE>
|
|
<DD><A NAME="IDX101"></A>
|
|
Toggle overwrite mode. With an explicit positive numeric argument,
|
|
switches to overwrite mode. With an explicit non-positive numeric
|
|
argument, switches to insert mode. This command affects only
|
|
<CODE>emacs</CODE> mode; <CODE>vi</CODE> mode does overwrite differently.
|
|
Each call to <CODE>readline()</CODE> starts in insert mode.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
In overwrite mode, characters bound to <CODE>self-insert</CODE> replace
|
|
the text at point rather than pushing the text to the right.
|
|
Characters bound to <CODE>backward-delete-char</CODE> replace the character
|
|
before point with a space.
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
By default, this command is unbound.
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
</DL>
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="Commands For Killing"></A>
|
|
<HR SIZE="6">
|
|
<A NAME="SEC17"></A>
|
|
<TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
|
|
<TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC16"> < </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC18"> > </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC18"> << </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC13"> Up </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC22"> >> </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC51">Index</A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
|
|
</TR></TABLE>
|
|
<H3> 1.4.4 Killing And Yanking </H3>
|
|
<!--docid::SEC17::-->
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
<DL COMPACT>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX102"></A>
|
|
<DT><CODE>kill-line (C-k)</CODE>
|
|
<DD><A NAME="IDX103"></A>
|
|
Kill the text from point to the end of the line.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX104"></A>
|
|
<DT><CODE>backward-kill-line (C-x Rubout)</CODE>
|
|
<DD><A NAME="IDX105"></A>
|
|
Kill backward to the beginning of the line.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX106"></A>
|
|
<DT><CODE>unix-line-discard (C-u)</CODE>
|
|
<DD><A NAME="IDX107"></A>
|
|
Kill backward from the cursor to the beginning of the current line.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX108"></A>
|
|
<DT><CODE>kill-whole-line ()</CODE>
|
|
<DD><A NAME="IDX109"></A>
|
|
Kill all characters on the current line, no matter where point is.
|
|
By default, this is unbound.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX110"></A>
|
|
<DT><CODE>kill-word (M-d)</CODE>
|
|
<DD><A NAME="IDX111"></A>
|
|
Kill from point to the end of the current word, or if between
|
|
words, to the end of the next word.
|
|
Word boundaries are the same as <CODE>forward-word</CODE>.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX112"></A>
|
|
<DT><CODE>backward-kill-word (M-<KBD>DEL</KBD>)</CODE>
|
|
<DD><A NAME="IDX113"></A>
|
|
Kill the word behind point.
|
|
Word boundaries are the same as <CODE>backward-word</CODE>.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX114"></A>
|
|
<DT><CODE>unix-word-rubout (C-w)</CODE>
|
|
<DD><A NAME="IDX115"></A>
|
|
Kill the word behind point, using white space as a word boundary.
|
|
The killed text is saved on the kill-ring.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX116"></A>
|
|
<DT><CODE>unix-filename-rubout ()</CODE>
|
|
<DD><A NAME="IDX117"></A>
|
|
Kill the word behind point, using white space and the slash character
|
|
as the word boundaries.
|
|
The killed text is saved on the kill-ring.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX118"></A>
|
|
<DT><CODE>delete-horizontal-space ()</CODE>
|
|
<DD><A NAME="IDX119"></A>
|
|
Delete all spaces and tabs around point. By default, this is unbound.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX120"></A>
|
|
<DT><CODE>kill-region ()</CODE>
|
|
<DD><A NAME="IDX121"></A>
|
|
Kill the text in the current region.
|
|
By default, this command is unbound.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX122"></A>
|
|
<DT><CODE>copy-region-as-kill ()</CODE>
|
|
<DD><A NAME="IDX123"></A>
|
|
Copy the text in the region to the kill buffer, so it can be yanked
|
|
right away. By default, this command is unbound.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX124"></A>
|
|
<DT><CODE>copy-backward-word ()</CODE>
|
|
<DD><A NAME="IDX125"></A>
|
|
Copy the word before point to the kill buffer.
|
|
The word boundaries are the same as <CODE>backward-word</CODE>.
|
|
By default, this command is unbound.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX126"></A>
|
|
<DT><CODE>copy-forward-word ()</CODE>
|
|
<DD><A NAME="IDX127"></A>
|
|
Copy the word following point to the kill buffer.
|
|
The word boundaries are the same as <CODE>forward-word</CODE>.
|
|
By default, this command is unbound.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX128"></A>
|
|
<DT><CODE>yank (C-y)</CODE>
|
|
<DD><A NAME="IDX129"></A>
|
|
Yank the top of the kill ring into the buffer at point.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX130"></A>
|
|
<DT><CODE>yank-pop (M-y)</CODE>
|
|
<DD><A NAME="IDX131"></A>
|
|
Rotate the kill-ring, and yank the new top. You can only do this if
|
|
the prior command is <CODE>yank</CODE> or <CODE>yank-pop</CODE>.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="Numeric Arguments"></A>
|
|
<HR SIZE="6">
|
|
<A NAME="SEC18"></A>
|
|
<TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
|
|
<TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC17"> < </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC19"> > </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC19"> << </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC13"> Up </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC22"> >> </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC51">Index</A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
|
|
</TR></TABLE>
|
|
<H3> 1.4.5 Specifying Numeric Arguments </H3>
|
|
<!--docid::SEC18::-->
|
|
<DL COMPACT>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX132"></A>
|
|
<DT><CODE>digit-argument (<KBD>M-0</KBD>, <KBD>M-1</KBD>, <small>...</small> <KBD>M--</KBD>)</CODE>
|
|
<DD><A NAME="IDX133"></A>
|
|
Add this digit to the argument already accumulating, or start a new
|
|
argument. <KBD>M--</KBD> starts a negative argument.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX134"></A>
|
|
<DT><CODE>universal-argument ()</CODE>
|
|
<DD><A NAME="IDX135"></A>
|
|
This is another way to specify an argument.
|
|
If this command is followed by one or more digits, optionally with a
|
|
leading minus sign, those digits define the argument.
|
|
If the command is followed by digits, executing <CODE>universal-argument</CODE>
|
|
again ends the numeric argument, but is otherwise ignored.
|
|
As a special case, if this command is immediately followed by a
|
|
character that is neither a digit or minus sign, the argument count
|
|
for the next command is multiplied by four.
|
|
The argument count is initially one, so executing this function the
|
|
first time makes the argument count four, a second time makes the
|
|
argument count sixteen, and so on.
|
|
By default, this is not bound to a key.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="Commands For Completion"></A>
|
|
<HR SIZE="6">
|
|
<A NAME="SEC19"></A>
|
|
<TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
|
|
<TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC18"> < </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC20"> > </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC20"> << </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC13"> Up </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC22"> >> </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC51">Index</A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
|
|
</TR></TABLE>
|
|
<H3> 1.4.6 Letting Readline Type For You </H3>
|
|
<!--docid::SEC19::-->
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
<DL COMPACT>
|
|
<A NAME="IDX136"></A>
|
|
<DT><CODE>complete (<KBD>TAB</KBD>)</CODE>
|
|
<DD><A NAME="IDX137"></A>
|
|
Attempt to perform completion on the text before point.
|
|
The actual completion performed is application-specific.
|
|
The default is filename completion.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX138"></A>
|
|
<DT><CODE>possible-completions (M-?)</CODE>
|
|
<DD><A NAME="IDX139"></A>
|
|
List the possible completions of the text before point.
|
|
When displaying completions, Readline sets the number of columns used
|
|
for display to the value of <CODE>completion-display-width</CODE>, the value of
|
|
the environment variable <CODE>COLUMNS</CODE>, or the screen width, in that order.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX140"></A>
|
|
<DT><CODE>insert-completions (M-*)</CODE>
|
|
<DD><A NAME="IDX141"></A>
|
|
Insert all completions of the text before point that would have
|
|
been generated by <CODE>possible-completions</CODE>.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX142"></A>
|
|
<DT><CODE>menu-complete ()</CODE>
|
|
<DD><A NAME="IDX143"></A>
|
|
Similar to <CODE>complete</CODE>, but replaces the word to be completed
|
|
with a single match from the list of possible completions.
|
|
Repeated execution of <CODE>menu-complete</CODE> steps through the list
|
|
of possible completions, inserting each match in turn.
|
|
At the end of the list of completions, the bell is rung
|
|
(subject to the setting of <CODE>bell-style</CODE>)
|
|
and the original text is restored.
|
|
An argument of <VAR>n</VAR> moves <VAR>n</VAR> positions forward in the list
|
|
of matches; a negative argument may be used to move backward
|
|
through the list.
|
|
This command is intended to be bound to <KBD>TAB</KBD>, but is unbound
|
|
by default.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX144"></A>
|
|
<DT><CODE>menu-complete-backward ()</CODE>
|
|
<DD><A NAME="IDX145"></A>
|
|
Identical to <CODE>menu-complete</CODE>, but moves backward through the list
|
|
of possible completions, as if <CODE>menu-complete</CODE> had been given a
|
|
negative argument.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX146"></A>
|
|
<DT><CODE>delete-char-or-list ()</CODE>
|
|
<DD><A NAME="IDX147"></A>
|
|
Deletes the character under the cursor if not at the beginning or
|
|
end of the line (like <CODE>delete-char</CODE>).
|
|
If at the end of the line, behaves identically to
|
|
<CODE>possible-completions</CODE>.
|
|
This command is unbound by default.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
</DL>
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="Keyboard Macros"></A>
|
|
<HR SIZE="6">
|
|
<A NAME="SEC20"></A>
|
|
<TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
|
|
<TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC19"> < </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC21"> > </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC21"> << </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC13"> Up </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC22"> >> </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC51">Index</A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
|
|
</TR></TABLE>
|
|
<H3> 1.4.7 Keyboard Macros </H3>
|
|
<!--docid::SEC20::-->
|
|
<DL COMPACT>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX148"></A>
|
|
<DT><CODE>start-kbd-macro (C-x ()</CODE>
|
|
<DD><A NAME="IDX149"></A>
|
|
Begin saving the characters typed into the current keyboard macro.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX150"></A>
|
|
<DT><CODE>end-kbd-macro (C-x ))</CODE>
|
|
<DD><A NAME="IDX151"></A>
|
|
Stop saving the characters typed into the current keyboard macro
|
|
and save the definition.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX152"></A>
|
|
<DT><CODE>call-last-kbd-macro (C-x e)</CODE>
|
|
<DD><A NAME="IDX153"></A>
|
|
Re-execute the last keyboard macro defined, by making the characters
|
|
in the macro appear as if typed at the keyboard.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
</DL>
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="Miscellaneous Commands"></A>
|
|
<HR SIZE="6">
|
|
<A NAME="SEC21"></A>
|
|
<TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
|
|
<TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC20"> < </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC22"> > </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC22"> << </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC13"> Up </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC22"> >> </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC51">Index</A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
|
|
</TR></TABLE>
|
|
<H3> 1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands </H3>
|
|
<!--docid::SEC21::-->
|
|
<DL COMPACT>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX154"></A>
|
|
<DT><CODE>re-read-init-file (C-x C-r)</CODE>
|
|
<DD><A NAME="IDX155"></A>
|
|
Read in the contents of the <VAR>inputrc</VAR> file, and incorporate
|
|
any bindings or variable assignments found there.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX156"></A>
|
|
<DT><CODE>abort (C-g)</CODE>
|
|
<DD><A NAME="IDX157"></A>
|
|
Abort the current editing command and
|
|
ring the terminal's bell (subject to the setting of
|
|
<CODE>bell-style</CODE>).
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX158"></A>
|
|
<DT><CODE>do-uppercase-version (M-a, M-b, M-<VAR>x</VAR>, <small>...</small>)</CODE>
|
|
<DD><A NAME="IDX159"></A>
|
|
If the metafied character <VAR>x</VAR> is lowercase, run the command
|
|
that is bound to the corresponding uppercase character.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX160"></A>
|
|
<DT><CODE>prefix-meta (<KBD>ESC</KBD>)</CODE>
|
|
<DD><A NAME="IDX161"></A>
|
|
Metafy the next character typed. This is for keyboards
|
|
without a meta key. Typing <SAMP>`<KBD>ESC</KBD> f'</SAMP> is equivalent to typing
|
|
<KBD>M-f</KBD>.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX162"></A>
|
|
<DT><CODE>undo (C-_ or C-x C-u)</CODE>
|
|
<DD><A NAME="IDX163"></A>
|
|
Incremental undo, separately remembered for each line.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX164"></A>
|
|
<DT><CODE>revert-line (M-r)</CODE>
|
|
<DD><A NAME="IDX165"></A>
|
|
Undo all changes made to this line. This is like executing the <CODE>undo</CODE>
|
|
command enough times to get back to the beginning.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX166"></A>
|
|
<DT><CODE>tilde-expand (M-~)</CODE>
|
|
<DD><A NAME="IDX167"></A>
|
|
Perform tilde expansion on the current word.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX168"></A>
|
|
<DT><CODE>set-mark (C-@)</CODE>
|
|
<DD><A NAME="IDX169"></A>
|
|
Set the mark to the point. If a
|
|
numeric argument is supplied, the mark is set to that position.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX170"></A>
|
|
<DT><CODE>exchange-point-and-mark (C-x C-x)</CODE>
|
|
<DD><A NAME="IDX171"></A>
|
|
Swap the point with the mark. The current cursor position is set to
|
|
the saved position, and the old cursor position is saved as the mark.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX172"></A>
|
|
<DT><CODE>character-search (C-])</CODE>
|
|
<DD><A NAME="IDX173"></A>
|
|
A character is read and point is moved to the next occurrence of that
|
|
character. A negative count searches for previous occurrences.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX174"></A>
|
|
<DT><CODE>character-search-backward (M-C-])</CODE>
|
|
<DD><A NAME="IDX175"></A>
|
|
A character is read and point is moved to the previous occurrence
|
|
of that character. A negative count searches for subsequent
|
|
occurrences.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX176"></A>
|
|
<DT><CODE>skip-csi-sequence ()</CODE>
|
|
<DD><A NAME="IDX177"></A>
|
|
Read enough characters to consume a multi-key sequence such as those
|
|
defined for keys like Home and End. Such sequences begin with a
|
|
Control Sequence Indicator (CSI), usually ESC-[. If this sequence is
|
|
bound to "\e[", keys producing such sequences will have no effect
|
|
unless explicitly bound to a readline command, instead of inserting
|
|
stray characters into the editing buffer. This is unbound by default,
|
|
but usually bound to ESC-[.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX178"></A>
|
|
<DT><CODE>insert-comment (M-#)</CODE>
|
|
<DD><A NAME="IDX179"></A>
|
|
Without a numeric argument, the value of the <CODE>comment-begin</CODE>
|
|
variable is inserted at the beginning of the current line.
|
|
If a numeric argument is supplied, this command acts as a toggle: if
|
|
the characters at the beginning of the line do not match the value
|
|
of <CODE>comment-begin</CODE>, the value is inserted, otherwise
|
|
the characters in <CODE>comment-begin</CODE> are deleted from the beginning of
|
|
the line.
|
|
In either case, the line is accepted as if a newline had been typed.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX180"></A>
|
|
<DT><CODE>dump-functions ()</CODE>
|
|
<DD><A NAME="IDX181"></A>
|
|
Print all of the functions and their key bindings to the
|
|
Readline output stream. If a numeric argument is supplied,
|
|
the output is formatted in such a way that it can be made part
|
|
of an <VAR>inputrc</VAR> file. This command is unbound by default.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX182"></A>
|
|
<DT><CODE>dump-variables ()</CODE>
|
|
<DD><A NAME="IDX183"></A>
|
|
Print all of the settable variables and their values to the
|
|
Readline output stream. If a numeric argument is supplied,
|
|
the output is formatted in such a way that it can be made part
|
|
of an <VAR>inputrc</VAR> file. This command is unbound by default.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX184"></A>
|
|
<DT><CODE>dump-macros ()</CODE>
|
|
<DD><A NAME="IDX185"></A>
|
|
Print all of the Readline key sequences bound to macros and the
|
|
strings they output. If a numeric argument is supplied,
|
|
the output is formatted in such a way that it can be made part
|
|
of an <VAR>inputrc</VAR> file. This command is unbound by default.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX186"></A>
|
|
<DT><CODE>emacs-editing-mode (C-e)</CODE>
|
|
<DD><A NAME="IDX187"></A>
|
|
When in <CODE>vi</CODE> command mode, this causes a switch to <CODE>emacs</CODE>
|
|
editing mode.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX188"></A>
|
|
<DT><CODE>vi-editing-mode (M-C-j)</CODE>
|
|
<DD><A NAME="IDX189"></A>
|
|
When in <CODE>emacs</CODE> editing mode, this causes a switch to <CODE>vi</CODE>
|
|
editing mode.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
</DL>
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="Readline vi Mode"></A>
|
|
<HR SIZE="6">
|
|
<A NAME="SEC22"></A>
|
|
<TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
|
|
<TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC21"> < </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC23"> > </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[ << ]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC1"> Up </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC23"> >> </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC51">Index</A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
|
|
</TR></TABLE>
|
|
<H2> 1.5 Readline vi Mode </H2>
|
|
<!--docid::SEC22::-->
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
While the Readline library does not have a full set of <CODE>vi</CODE>
|
|
editing functions, it does contain enough to allow simple editing
|
|
of the line. The Readline <CODE>vi</CODE> mode behaves as specified in
|
|
the POSIX standard.
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
In order to switch interactively between <CODE>emacs</CODE> and <CODE>vi</CODE>
|
|
editing modes, use the command <KBD>M-C-j</KBD> (bound to emacs-editing-mode
|
|
when in <CODE>vi</CODE> mode and to vi-editing-mode in <CODE>emacs</CODE> mode).
|
|
The Readline default is <CODE>emacs</CODE> mode.
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
When you enter a line in <CODE>vi</CODE> mode, you are already placed in
|
|
`insertion' mode, as if you had typed an <SAMP>`i'</SAMP>. Pressing <KBD>ESC</KBD>
|
|
switches you into `command' mode, where you can edit the text of the
|
|
line with the standard <CODE>vi</CODE> movement keys, move to previous
|
|
history lines with <SAMP>`k'</SAMP> and subsequent lines with <SAMP>`j'</SAMP>, and
|
|
so forth.
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
This document describes the GNU Readline Library, a utility for aiding
|
|
in the consistency of user interface across discrete programs that need
|
|
to provide a command line interface.
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
Copyright (C) 1988--2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
|
|
this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
|
|
pare preserved on all copies.
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
|
|
manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the entire
|
|
resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a permission
|
|
notice identical to this one.
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
|
|
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions,
|
|
except that this permission notice may be stated in a translation approved
|
|
by the Foundation.
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="Programming with GNU Readline"></A>
|
|
<HR SIZE="6">
|
|
<A NAME="SEC23"></A>
|
|
<TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
|
|
<TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC22"> < </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC24"> > </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[ << ]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top"> Up </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC49"> >> </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC51">Index</A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
|
|
</TR></TABLE>
|
|
<H1> 2. Programming with GNU Readline </H1>
|
|
<!--docid::SEC23::-->
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
This chapter describes the interface between the GNU Readline Library and
|
|
other programs. If you are a programmer, and you wish to include the
|
|
features found in GNU Readline
|
|
such as completion, line editing, and interactive history manipulation
|
|
in your own programs, this section is for you.
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<BLOCKQUOTE><TABLE BORDER=0 CELLSPACING=0>
|
|
<TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC24">2.1 Basic Behavior</A></TD><TD> </TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Using the default behavior of Readline.</TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC25">2.2 Custom Functions</A></TD><TD> </TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Adding your own functions to Readline.</TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD><TD> </TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Variables accessible to custom
|
|
functions.</TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC29">2.4 Readline Convenience Functions</A></TD><TD> </TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Functions which Readline supplies to
|
|
aid in writing your own custom
|
|
functions.</TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC43">2.5 Readline Signal Handling</A></TD><TD> </TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">How Readline behaves when it receives signals.</TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC44">2.6 Custom Completers</A></TD><TD> </TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Supplanting or supplementing Readline's
|
|
completion functions.</TD></TR>
|
|
</TABLE></BLOCKQUOTE>
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="Basic Behavior"></A>
|
|
<HR SIZE="6">
|
|
<A NAME="SEC24"></A>
|
|
<TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
|
|
<TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC23"> < </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC25"> > </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[ << ]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC23"> Up </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC49"> >> </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC51">Index</A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
|
|
</TR></TABLE>
|
|
<H2> 2.1 Basic Behavior </H2>
|
|
<!--docid::SEC24::-->
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
Many programs provide a command line interface, such as <CODE>mail</CODE>,
|
|
<CODE>ftp</CODE>, and <CODE>sh</CODE>. For such programs, the default behaviour of
|
|
Readline is sufficient. This section describes how to use Readline in
|
|
the simplest way possible, perhaps to replace calls in your code to
|
|
<CODE>gets()</CODE> or <CODE>fgets()</CODE>.
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX190"></A>
|
|
<A NAME="IDX191"></A>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
The function <CODE>readline()</CODE> prints a prompt <VAR>prompt</VAR>
|
|
and then reads and returns a single line of text from the user.
|
|
If <VAR>prompt</VAR> is <CODE>NULL</CODE> or the empty string, no prompt is displayed.
|
|
The line <CODE>readline</CODE> returns is allocated with <CODE>malloc()</CODE>;
|
|
the caller should <CODE>free()</CODE> the line when it has finished with it.
|
|
The declaration for <CODE>readline</CODE> in ANSI C is
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<TABLE><tr><td> </td><td class=example><pre><CODE>char *readline (const char *<VAR>prompt</VAR>);</CODE>
|
|
</pre></td></tr></table></P><P>
|
|
|
|
So, one might say
|
|
<TABLE><tr><td> </td><td class=example><pre><CODE>char *line = readline ("Enter a line: ");</CODE>
|
|
</pre></td></tr></table>in order to read a line of text from the user.
|
|
The line returned has the final newline removed, so only the
|
|
text remains.
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
If <CODE>readline</CODE> encounters an <CODE>EOF</CODE> while reading the line, and the
|
|
line is empty at that point, then <CODE>(char *)NULL</CODE> is returned.
|
|
Otherwise, the line is ended just as if a newline had been typed.
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
If you want the user to be able to get at the line later, (with
|
|
<KBD>C-p</KBD> for example), you must call <CODE>add_history()</CODE> to save the
|
|
line away in a <EM>history</EM> list of such lines.
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<TABLE><tr><td> </td><td class=example><pre><CODE>add_history (line)</CODE>;
|
|
</pre></td></tr></table></P><P>
|
|
|
|
For full details on the GNU History Library, see the associated manual.
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
It is preferable to avoid saving empty lines on the history list, since
|
|
users rarely have a burning need to reuse a blank line. Here is
|
|
a function which usefully replaces the standard <CODE>gets()</CODE> library
|
|
function, and has the advantage of no static buffer to overflow:
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<TABLE><tr><td> </td><td class=example><pre>/* A static variable for holding the line. */
|
|
static char *line_read = (char *)NULL;
|
|
|
|
/* Read a string, and return a pointer to it.
|
|
Returns NULL on EOF. */
|
|
char *
|
|
rl_gets ()
|
|
{
|
|
/* If the buffer has already been allocated,
|
|
return the memory to the free pool. */
|
|
if (line_read)
|
|
{
|
|
free (line_read);
|
|
line_read = (char *)NULL;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Get a line from the user. */
|
|
line_read = readline ("");
|
|
|
|
/* If the line has any text in it,
|
|
save it on the history. */
|
|
if (line_read && *line_read)
|
|
add_history (line_read);
|
|
|
|
return (line_read);
|
|
}
|
|
</pre></td></tr></table></P><P>
|
|
|
|
This function gives the user the default behaviour of <KBD>TAB</KBD>
|
|
completion: completion on file names. If you do not want Readline to
|
|
complete on filenames, you can change the binding of the <KBD>TAB</KBD> key
|
|
with <CODE>rl_bind_key()</CODE>.
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<TABLE><tr><td> </td><td class=example><pre><CODE>int rl_bind_key (int <VAR>key</VAR>, rl_command_func_t *<VAR>function</VAR>);</CODE>
|
|
</pre></td></tr></table></P><P>
|
|
|
|
<CODE>rl_bind_key()</CODE> takes two arguments: <VAR>key</VAR> is the character that
|
|
you want to bind, and <VAR>function</VAR> is the address of the function to
|
|
call when <VAR>key</VAR> is pressed. Binding <KBD>TAB</KBD> to <CODE>rl_insert()</CODE>
|
|
makes <KBD>TAB</KBD> insert itself.
|
|
<CODE>rl_bind_key()</CODE> returns non-zero if <VAR>key</VAR> is not a valid
|
|
ASCII character code (between 0 and 255).
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
Thus, to disable the default <KBD>TAB</KBD> behavior, the following suffices:
|
|
<TABLE><tr><td> </td><td class=example><pre><CODE>rl_bind_key ('\t', rl_insert);</CODE>
|
|
</pre></td></tr></table></P><P>
|
|
|
|
This code should be executed once at the start of your program; you
|
|
might write a function called <CODE>initialize_readline()</CODE> which
|
|
performs this and other desired initializations, such as installing
|
|
custom completers (see section <A HREF="readline.html#SEC44">2.6 Custom Completers</A>).
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="Custom Functions"></A>
|
|
<HR SIZE="6">
|
|
<A NAME="SEC25"></A>
|
|
<TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
|
|
<TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC24"> < </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC26"> > </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC28"> << </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC23"> Up </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC28"> >> </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC51">Index</A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
|
|
</TR></TABLE>
|
|
<H2> 2.2 Custom Functions </H2>
|
|
<!--docid::SEC25::-->
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
Readline provides many functions for manipulating the text of
|
|
the line, but it isn't possible to anticipate the needs of all
|
|
programs. This section describes the various functions and variables
|
|
defined within the Readline library which allow a user program to add
|
|
customized functionality to Readline.
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
Before declaring any functions that customize Readline's behavior, or
|
|
using any functionality Readline provides in other code, an
|
|
application writer should include the file <CODE><readline/readline.h></CODE>
|
|
in any file that uses Readline's features. Since some of the definitions
|
|
in <CODE>readline.h</CODE> use the <CODE>stdio</CODE> library, the file
|
|
<CODE><stdio.h></CODE> should be included before <CODE>readline.h</CODE>.
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<CODE>readline.h</CODE> defines a C preprocessor variable that should
|
|
be treated as an integer, <CODE>RL_READLINE_VERSION</CODE>, which may
|
|
be used to conditionally compile application code depending on
|
|
the installed Readline version. The value is a hexadecimal
|
|
encoding of the major and minor version numbers of the library,
|
|
of the form 0x<VAR>MMmm</VAR>. <VAR>MM</VAR> is the two-digit major
|
|
version number; <VAR>mm</VAR> is the two-digit minor version number.
|
|
For Readline 4.2, for example, the value of
|
|
<CODE>RL_READLINE_VERSION</CODE> would be <CODE>0x0402</CODE>.
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<BLOCKQUOTE><TABLE BORDER=0 CELLSPACING=0>
|
|
<TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC26">2.2.1 Readline Typedefs</A></TD><TD> </TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">C declarations to make code readable.</TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC27">2.2.2 Writing a New Function</A></TD><TD> </TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Variables and calling conventions.</TD></TR>
|
|
</TABLE></BLOCKQUOTE>
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="Readline Typedefs"></A>
|
|
<HR SIZE="6">
|
|
<A NAME="SEC26"></A>
|
|
<TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
|
|
<TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC25"> < </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC27"> > </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC28"> << </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC25"> Up </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC28"> >> </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC51">Index</A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
|
|
</TR></TABLE>
|
|
<H3> 2.2.1 Readline Typedefs </H3>
|
|
<!--docid::SEC26::-->
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
For readabilty, we declare a number of new object types, all pointers
|
|
to functions.
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
The reason for declaring these new types is to make it easier to write
|
|
code describing pointers to C functions with appropriately prototyped
|
|
arguments and return values.
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
For instance, say we want to declare a variable <VAR>func</VAR> as a pointer
|
|
to a function which takes two <CODE>int</CODE> arguments and returns an
|
|
<CODE>int</CODE> (this is the type of all of the Readline bindable functions).
|
|
Instead of the classic C declaration
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<CODE>int (*func)();</CODE>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
or the ANSI-C style declaration
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<CODE>int (*func)(int, int);</CODE>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
we may write
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<CODE>rl_command_func_t *func;</CODE>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
The full list of function pointer types available is
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<DL COMPACT>
|
|
<DT><CODE>typedef int rl_command_func_t (int, int);</CODE>
|
|
<DD><P>
|
|
|
|
<DT><CODE>typedef char *rl_compentry_func_t (const char *, int);</CODE>
|
|
<DD><P>
|
|
|
|
<DT><CODE>typedef char **rl_completion_func_t (const char *, int, int);</CODE>
|
|
<DD><P>
|
|
|
|
<DT><CODE>typedef char *rl_quote_func_t (char *, int, char *);</CODE>
|
|
<DD><P>
|
|
|
|
<DT><CODE>typedef char *rl_dequote_func_t (char *, int);</CODE>
|
|
<DD><P>
|
|
|
|
<DT><CODE>typedef int rl_compignore_func_t (char **);</CODE>
|
|
<DD><P>
|
|
|
|
<DT><CODE>typedef void rl_compdisp_func_t (char **, int, int);</CODE>
|
|
<DD><P>
|
|
|
|
<DT><CODE>typedef int rl_hook_func_t (void);</CODE>
|
|
<DD><P>
|
|
|
|
<DT><CODE>typedef int rl_getc_func_t (FILE *);</CODE>
|
|
<DD><P>
|
|
|
|
<DT><CODE>typedef int rl_linebuf_func_t (char *, int);</CODE>
|
|
<DD><P>
|
|
|
|
<DT><CODE>typedef int rl_intfunc_t (int);</CODE>
|
|
<DD><DT><CODE>#define rl_ivoidfunc_t rl_hook_func_t</CODE>
|
|
<DD><DT><CODE>typedef int rl_icpfunc_t (char *);</CODE>
|
|
<DD><DT><CODE>typedef int rl_icppfunc_t (char **);</CODE>
|
|
<DD><P>
|
|
|
|
<DT><CODE>typedef void rl_voidfunc_t (void);</CODE>
|
|
<DD><DT><CODE>typedef void rl_vintfunc_t (int);</CODE>
|
|
<DD><DT><CODE>typedef void rl_vcpfunc_t (char *);</CODE>
|
|
<DD><DT><CODE>typedef void rl_vcppfunc_t (char **);</CODE>
|
|
<DD><P>
|
|
|
|
</DL>
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="Function Writing"></A>
|
|
<HR SIZE="6">
|
|
<A NAME="SEC27"></A>
|
|
<TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
|
|
<TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC26"> < </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC28"> > </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC28"> << </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC25"> Up </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC28"> >> </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC51">Index</A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
|
|
</TR></TABLE>
|
|
<H3> 2.2.2 Writing a New Function </H3>
|
|
<!--docid::SEC27::-->
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
In order to write new functions for Readline, you need to know the
|
|
calling conventions for keyboard-invoked functions, and the names of the
|
|
variables that describe the current state of the line read so far.
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
The calling sequence for a command <CODE>foo</CODE> looks like
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<TABLE><tr><td> </td><td class=example><pre><CODE>int foo (int count, int key)</CODE>
|
|
</pre></td></tr></table></P><P>
|
|
|
|
where <VAR>count</VAR> is the numeric argument (or 1 if defaulted) and
|
|
<VAR>key</VAR> is the key that invoked this function.
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
It is completely up to the function as to what should be done with the
|
|
numeric argument. Some functions use it as a repeat count, some
|
|
as a flag, and others to choose alternate behavior (refreshing the current
|
|
line as opposed to refreshing the screen, for example). Some choose to
|
|
ignore it. In general, if a
|
|
function uses the numeric argument as a repeat count, it should be able
|
|
to do something useful with both negative and positive arguments.
|
|
At the very least, it should be aware that it can be passed a
|
|
negative argument.
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
A command function should return 0 if its action completes successfully,
|
|
and a non-zero value if some error occurs.
|
|
This is the convention obeyed by all of the builtin Readline bindable
|
|
command functions.
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="Readline Variables"></A>
|
|
<HR SIZE="6">
|
|
<A NAME="SEC28"></A>
|
|
<TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
|
|
<TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC27"> < </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC29"> > </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC29"> << </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC23"> Up </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC49"> >> </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC51">Index</A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
|
|
</TR></TABLE>
|
|
<H2> 2.3 Readline Variables </H2>
|
|
<!--docid::SEC28::-->
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
These variables are available to function writers.
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX192"></A>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT><U>Variable:</U> char * <B>rl_line_buffer</B>
|
|
<DD>This is the line gathered so far. You are welcome to modify the
|
|
contents of the line, but see <A HREF="readline.html#SEC34">2.4.5 Allowing Undoing</A>. The
|
|
function <CODE>rl_extend_line_buffer</CODE> is available to increase
|
|
the memory allocated to <CODE>rl_line_buffer</CODE>.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX193"></A>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_point</B>
|
|
<DD>The offset of the current cursor position in <CODE>rl_line_buffer</CODE>
|
|
(the <EM>point</EM>).
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX194"></A>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_end</B>
|
|
<DD>The number of characters present in <CODE>rl_line_buffer</CODE>. When
|
|
<CODE>rl_point</CODE> is at the end of the line, <CODE>rl_point</CODE> and
|
|
<CODE>rl_end</CODE> are equal.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX195"></A>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_mark</B>
|
|
<DD>The <VAR>mark</VAR> (saved position) in the current line. If set, the mark
|
|
and point define a <EM>region</EM>.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX196"></A>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_done</B>
|
|
<DD>Setting this to a non-zero value causes Readline to return the current
|
|
line immediately.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX197"></A>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_num_chars_to_read</B>
|
|
<DD>Setting this to a positive value before calling <CODE>readline()</CODE> causes
|
|
Readline to return after accepting that many characters, rather
|
|
than reading up to a character bound to <CODE>accept-line</CODE>.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX198"></A>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_pending_input</B>
|
|
<DD>Setting this to a value makes it the next keystroke read. This is a
|
|
way to stuff a single character into the input stream.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX199"></A>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_dispatching</B>
|
|
<DD>Set to a non-zero value if a function is being called from a key binding;
|
|
zero otherwise. Application functions can test this to discover whether
|
|
they were called directly or by Readline's dispatching mechanism.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX200"></A>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_erase_empty_line</B>
|
|
<DD>Setting this to a non-zero value causes Readline to completely erase
|
|
the current line, including any prompt, any time a newline is typed as
|
|
the only character on an otherwise-empty line. The cursor is moved to
|
|
the beginning of the newly-blank line.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX201"></A>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT><U>Variable:</U> char * <B>rl_prompt</B>
|
|
<DD>The prompt Readline uses. This is set from the argument to
|
|
<CODE>readline()</CODE>, and should not be assigned to directly.
|
|
The <CODE>rl_set_prompt()</CODE> function (see section <A HREF="readline.html#SEC35">2.4.6 Redisplay</A>) may
|
|
be used to modify the prompt string after calling <CODE>readline()</CODE>.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX202"></A>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT><U>Variable:</U> char * <B>rl_display_prompt</B>
|
|
<DD>The string displayed as the prompt. This is usually identical to
|
|
<VAR>rl_prompt</VAR>, but may be changed temporarily by functions that
|
|
use the prompt string as a message area, such as incremental search.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX203"></A>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_already_prompted</B>
|
|
<DD>If an application wishes to display the prompt itself, rather than have
|
|
Readline do it the first time <CODE>readline()</CODE> is called, it should set
|
|
this variable to a non-zero value after displaying the prompt.
|
|
The prompt must also be passed as the argument to <CODE>readline()</CODE> so
|
|
the redisplay functions can update the display properly.
|
|
The calling application is responsible for managing the value; Readline
|
|
never sets it.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX204"></A>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT><U>Variable:</U> const char * <B>rl_library_version</B>
|
|
<DD>The version number of this revision of the library.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX205"></A>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_readline_version</B>
|
|
<DD>An integer encoding the current version of the library. The encoding is
|
|
of the form 0x<VAR>MMmm</VAR>, where <VAR>MM</VAR> is the two-digit major version
|
|
number, and <VAR>mm</VAR> is the two-digit minor version number.
|
|
For example, for Readline-4.2, <CODE>rl_readline_version</CODE> would have the
|
|
value 0x0402.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX206"></A>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_gnu_readline_p</B>
|
|
<DD>Always set to 1, denoting that this is GNU readline rather than some
|
|
emulation.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX207"></A>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT><U>Variable:</U> const char * <B>rl_terminal_name</B>
|
|
<DD>The terminal type, used for initialization. If not set by the application,
|
|
Readline sets this to the value of the <CODE>TERM</CODE> environment variable
|
|
the first time it is called.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX208"></A>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT><U>Variable:</U> const char * <B>rl_readline_name</B>
|
|
<DD>This variable is set to a unique name by each application using Readline.
|
|
The value allows conditional parsing of the inputrc file
|
|
(see section <A HREF="readline.html#SEC11">1.3.2 Conditional Init Constructs</A>).
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX209"></A>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT><U>Variable:</U> FILE * <B>rl_instream</B>
|
|
<DD>The stdio stream from which Readline reads input.
|
|
If <CODE>NULL</CODE>, Readline defaults to <VAR>stdin</VAR>.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX210"></A>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT><U>Variable:</U> FILE * <B>rl_outstream</B>
|
|
<DD>The stdio stream to which Readline performs output.
|
|
If <CODE>NULL</CODE>, Readline defaults to <VAR>stdout</VAR>.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX211"></A>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_prefer_env_winsize</B>
|
|
<DD>If non-zero, Readline gives values found in the <CODE>LINES</CODE> and
|
|
<CODE>COLUMNS</CODE> environment variables greater precedence than values fetched
|
|
from the kernel when computing the screen dimensions.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX212"></A>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT><U>Variable:</U> rl_command_func_t * <B>rl_last_func</B>
|
|
<DD>The address of the last command function Readline executed. May be used to
|
|
test whether or not a function is being executed twice in succession, for
|
|
example.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX213"></A>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT><U>Variable:</U> rl_hook_func_t * <B>rl_startup_hook</B>
|
|
<DD>If non-zero, this is the address of a function to call just
|
|
before <CODE>readline</CODE> prints the first prompt.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX214"></A>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT><U>Variable:</U> rl_hook_func_t * <B>rl_pre_input_hook</B>
|
|
<DD>If non-zero, this is the address of a function to call after
|
|
the first prompt has been printed and just before <CODE>readline</CODE>
|
|
starts reading input characters.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX215"></A>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT><U>Variable:</U> rl_hook_func_t * <B>rl_event_hook</B>
|
|
<DD>If non-zero, this is the address of a function to call periodically
|
|
when Readline is waiting for terminal input.
|
|
By default, this will be called at most ten times a second if there
|
|
is no keyboard input.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX216"></A>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT><U>Variable:</U> rl_getc_func_t * <B>rl_getc_function</B>
|
|
<DD>If non-zero, Readline will call indirectly through this pointer
|
|
to get a character from the input stream. By default, it is set to
|
|
<CODE>rl_getc</CODE>, the default Readline character input function
|
|
(see section <A HREF="readline.html#SEC37">2.4.8 Character Input</A>).
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX217"></A>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT><U>Variable:</U> rl_voidfunc_t * <B>rl_redisplay_function</B>
|
|
<DD>If non-zero, Readline will call indirectly through this pointer
|
|
to update the display with the current contents of the editing buffer.
|
|
By default, it is set to <CODE>rl_redisplay</CODE>, the default Readline
|
|
redisplay function (see section <A HREF="readline.html#SEC35">2.4.6 Redisplay</A>).
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX218"></A>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT><U>Variable:</U> rl_vintfunc_t * <B>rl_prep_term_function</B>
|
|
<DD>If non-zero, Readline will call indirectly through this pointer
|
|
to initialize the terminal. The function takes a single argument, an
|
|
<CODE>int</CODE> flag that says whether or not to use eight-bit characters.
|
|
By default, this is set to <CODE>rl_prep_terminal</CODE>
|
|
(see section <A HREF="readline.html#SEC38">2.4.9 Terminal Management</A>).
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX219"></A>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT><U>Variable:</U> rl_voidfunc_t * <B>rl_deprep_term_function</B>
|
|
<DD>If non-zero, Readline will call indirectly through this pointer
|
|
to reset the terminal. This function should undo the effects of
|
|
<CODE>rl_prep_term_function</CODE>.
|
|
By default, this is set to <CODE>rl_deprep_terminal</CODE>
|
|
(see section <A HREF="readline.html#SEC38">2.4.9 Terminal Management</A>).
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX220"></A>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT><U>Variable:</U> Keymap <B>rl_executing_keymap</B>
|
|
<DD>This variable is set to the keymap (see section <A HREF="readline.html#SEC31">2.4.2 Selecting a Keymap</A>) in which the
|
|
currently executing readline function was found.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX221"></A>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT><U>Variable:</U> Keymap <B>rl_binding_keymap</B>
|
|
<DD>This variable is set to the keymap (see section <A HREF="readline.html#SEC31">2.4.2 Selecting a Keymap</A>) in which the
|
|
last key binding occurred.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX222"></A>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT><U>Variable:</U> char * <B>rl_executing_macro</B>
|
|
<DD>This variable is set to the text of any currently-executing macro.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX223"></A>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_readline_state</B>
|
|
<DD>A variable with bit values that encapsulate the current Readline state.
|
|
A bit is set with the <CODE>RL_SETSTATE</CODE> macro, and unset with the
|
|
<CODE>RL_UNSETSTATE</CODE> macro. Use the <CODE>RL_ISSTATE</CODE> macro to test
|
|
whether a particular state bit is set. Current state bits include:
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<DL COMPACT>
|
|
<DT><CODE>RL_STATE_NONE</CODE>
|
|
<DD>Readline has not yet been called, nor has it begun to intialize.
|
|
<DT><CODE>RL_STATE_INITIALIZING</CODE>
|
|
<DD>Readline is initializing its internal data structures.
|
|
<DT><CODE>RL_STATE_INITIALIZED</CODE>
|
|
<DD>Readline has completed its initialization.
|
|
<DT><CODE>RL_STATE_TERMPREPPED</CODE>
|
|
<DD>Readline has modified the terminal modes to do its own input and redisplay.
|
|
<DT><CODE>RL_STATE_READCMD</CODE>
|
|
<DD>Readline is reading a command from the keyboard.
|
|
<DT><CODE>RL_STATE_METANEXT</CODE>
|
|
<DD>Readline is reading more input after reading the meta-prefix character.
|
|
<DT><CODE>RL_STATE_DISPATCHING</CODE>
|
|
<DD>Readline is dispatching to a command.
|
|
<DT><CODE>RL_STATE_MOREINPUT</CODE>
|
|
<DD>Readline is reading more input while executing an editing command.
|
|
<DT><CODE>RL_STATE_ISEARCH</CODE>
|
|
<DD>Readline is performing an incremental history search.
|
|
<DT><CODE>RL_STATE_NSEARCH</CODE>
|
|
<DD>Readline is performing a non-incremental history search.
|
|
<DT><CODE>RL_STATE_SEARCH</CODE>
|
|
<DD>Readline is searching backward or forward through the history for a string.
|
|
<DT><CODE>RL_STATE_NUMERICARG</CODE>
|
|
<DD>Readline is reading a numeric argument.
|
|
<DT><CODE>RL_STATE_MACROINPUT</CODE>
|
|
<DD>Readline is currently getting its input from a previously-defined keyboard
|
|
macro.
|
|
<DT><CODE>RL_STATE_MACRODEF</CODE>
|
|
<DD>Readline is currently reading characters defining a keyboard macro.
|
|
<DT><CODE>RL_STATE_OVERWRITE</CODE>
|
|
<DD>Readline is in overwrite mode.
|
|
<DT><CODE>RL_STATE_COMPLETING</CODE>
|
|
<DD>Readline is performing word completion.
|
|
<DT><CODE>RL_STATE_SIGHANDLER</CODE>
|
|
<DD>Readline is currently executing the readline signal handler.
|
|
<DT><CODE>RL_STATE_UNDOING</CODE>
|
|
<DD>Readline is performing an undo.
|
|
<DT><CODE>RL_STATE_INPUTPENDING</CODE>
|
|
<DD>Readline has input pending due to a call to <CODE>rl_execute_next()</CODE>.
|
|
<DT><CODE>RL_STATE_TTYCSAVED</CODE>
|
|
<DD>Readline has saved the values of the terminal's special characters.
|
|
<DT><CODE>RL_STATE_CALLBACK</CODE>
|
|
<DD>Readline is currently using the alternate (callback) interface
|
|
(see section <A HREF="readline.html#SEC41">2.4.12 Alternate Interface</A>).
|
|
<DT><CODE>RL_STATE_VIMOTION</CODE>
|
|
<DD>Readline is reading the argument to a vi-mode "motion" command.
|
|
<DT><CODE>RL_STATE_MULTIKEY</CODE>
|
|
<DD>Readline is reading a multiple-keystroke command.
|
|
<DT><CODE>RL_STATE_VICMDONCE</CODE>
|
|
<DD>Readline has entered vi command (movement) mode at least one time during
|
|
the current call to <CODE>readline()</CODE>.
|
|
<DT><CODE>RL_STATE_DONE</CODE>
|
|
<DD>Readline has read a key sequence bound to <CODE>accept-line</CODE>
|
|
and is about to return the line to the caller.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX224"></A>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_explicit_arg</B>
|
|
<DD>Set to a non-zero value if an explicit numeric argument was specified by
|
|
the user. Only valid in a bindable command function.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX225"></A>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_numeric_arg</B>
|
|
<DD>Set to the value of any numeric argument explicitly specified by the user
|
|
before executing the current Readline function. Only valid in a bindable
|
|
command function.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX226"></A>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_editing_mode</B>
|
|
<DD>Set to a value denoting Readline's current editing mode. A value of
|
|
<VAR>1</VAR> means Readline is currently in emacs mode; <VAR>0</VAR>
|
|
means that vi mode is active.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="Readline Convenience Functions"></A>
|
|
<HR SIZE="6">
|
|
<A NAME="SEC29"></A>
|
|
<TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
|
|
<TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC28"> < </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC30"> > </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC43"> << </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC23"> Up </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC43"> >> </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC51">Index</A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
|
|
</TR></TABLE>
|
|
<H2> 2.4 Readline Convenience Functions </H2>
|
|
<!--docid::SEC29::-->
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
<BLOCKQUOTE><TABLE BORDER=0 CELLSPACING=0>
|
|
<TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC30">2.4.1 Naming a Function</A></TD><TD> </TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">How to give a function you write a name.</TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC31">2.4.2 Selecting a Keymap</A></TD><TD> </TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Making keymaps.</TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC32">2.4.3 Binding Keys</A></TD><TD> </TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Changing Keymaps.</TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC33">2.4.4 Associating Function Names and Bindings</A></TD><TD> </TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Translate function names to
|
|
key sequences.</TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC34">2.4.5 Allowing Undoing</A></TD><TD> </TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">How to make your functions undoable.</TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC35">2.4.6 Redisplay</A></TD><TD> </TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Functions to control line display.</TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC36">2.4.7 Modifying Text</A></TD><TD> </TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Functions to modify <CODE>rl_line_buffer</CODE>.</TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC37">2.4.8 Character Input</A></TD><TD> </TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Functions to read keyboard input.</TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC38">2.4.9 Terminal Management</A></TD><TD> </TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Functions to manage terminal settings.</TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC39">2.4.10 Utility Functions</A></TD><TD> </TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Generally useful functions and hooks.</TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC40">2.4.11 Miscellaneous Functions</A></TD><TD> </TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Functions that don't fall into any category.</TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC41">2.4.12 Alternate Interface</A></TD><TD> </TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Using Readline in a `callback' fashion.</TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC42">2.4.13 A Readline Example</A></TD><TD> </TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">An example Readline function.</TD></TR>
|
|
</TABLE></BLOCKQUOTE>
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="Function Naming"></A>
|
|
<HR SIZE="6">
|
|
<A NAME="SEC30"></A>
|
|
<TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
|
|
<TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC29"> < </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC31"> > </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC43"> << </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC29"> Up </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC43"> >> </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC51">Index</A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
|
|
</TR></TABLE>
|
|
<H3> 2.4.1 Naming a Function </H3>
|
|
<!--docid::SEC30::-->
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
The user can dynamically change the bindings of keys while using
|
|
Readline. This is done by representing the function with a descriptive
|
|
name. The user is able to type the descriptive name when referring to
|
|
the function. Thus, in an init file, one might find
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<TABLE><tr><td> </td><td class=example><pre>Meta-Rubout: backward-kill-word
|
|
</pre></td></tr></table></P><P>
|
|
|
|
This binds the keystroke <KBD>Meta-Rubout</KBD> to the function
|
|
<EM>descriptively</EM> named <CODE>backward-kill-word</CODE>. You, as the
|
|
programmer, should bind the functions you write to descriptive names as
|
|
well. Readline provides a function for doing that:
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX227"></A>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_add_defun</B> <I>(const char *name, rl_command_func_t *function, int key)</I>
|
|
<DD>Add <VAR>name</VAR> to the list of named functions. Make <VAR>function</VAR> be
|
|
the function that gets called. If <VAR>key</VAR> is not -1, then bind it to
|
|
<VAR>function</VAR> using <CODE>rl_bind_key()</CODE>.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
Using this function alone is sufficient for most applications.
|
|
It is the recommended way to add a few functions to the default
|
|
functions that Readline has built in.
|
|
If you need to do something other than adding a function to Readline,
|
|
you may need to use the underlying functions described below.
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="Keymaps"></A>
|
|
<HR SIZE="6">
|
|
<A NAME="SEC31"></A>
|
|
<TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
|
|
<TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC30"> < </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC32"> > </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC32"> << </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC29"> Up </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC43"> >> </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC51">Index</A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
|
|
</TR></TABLE>
|
|
<H3> 2.4.2 Selecting a Keymap </H3>
|
|
<!--docid::SEC31::-->
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
Key bindings take place on a <EM>keymap</EM>. The keymap is the
|
|
association between the keys that the user types and the functions that
|
|
get run. You can make your own keymaps, copy existing keymaps, and tell
|
|
Readline which keymap to use.
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX228"></A>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT><U>Function:</U> Keymap <B>rl_make_bare_keymap</B> <I>(void)</I>
|
|
<DD>Returns a new, empty keymap. The space for the keymap is allocated with
|
|
<CODE>malloc()</CODE>; the caller should free it by calling
|
|
<CODE>rl_free_keymap()</CODE> when done.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX229"></A>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT><U>Function:</U> Keymap <B>rl_copy_keymap</B> <I>(Keymap map)</I>
|
|
<DD>Return a new keymap which is a copy of <VAR>map</VAR>.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX230"></A>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT><U>Function:</U> Keymap <B>rl_make_keymap</B> <I>(void)</I>
|
|
<DD>Return a new keymap with the printing characters bound to rl_insert,
|
|
the lowercase Meta characters bound to run their equivalents, and
|
|
the Meta digits bound to produce numeric arguments.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX231"></A>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_discard_keymap</B> <I>(Keymap keymap)</I>
|
|
<DD>Free the storage associated with the data in <VAR>keymap</VAR>.
|
|
The caller should free <VAR>keymap</VAR>.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX232"></A>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_free_keymap</B> <I>(Keymap keymap)</I>
|
|
<DD>Free all storage associated with <VAR>keymap</VAR>. This calls
|
|
<CODE>rl_discard_keymap</CODE> to free subordindate keymaps and macros.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
Readline has several internal keymaps. These functions allow you to
|
|
change which keymap is active.
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX233"></A>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT><U>Function:</U> Keymap <B>rl_get_keymap</B> <I>(void)</I>
|
|
<DD>Returns the currently active keymap.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX234"></A>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_set_keymap</B> <I>(Keymap keymap)</I>
|
|
<DD>Makes <VAR>keymap</VAR> the currently active keymap.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX235"></A>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT><U>Function:</U> Keymap <B>rl_get_keymap_by_name</B> <I>(const char *name)</I>
|
|
<DD>Return the keymap matching <VAR>name</VAR>. <VAR>name</VAR> is one which would
|
|
be supplied in a <CODE>set keymap</CODE> inputrc line (see section <A HREF="readline.html#SEC9">1.3 Readline Init File</A>).
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX236"></A>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT><U>Function:</U> char * <B>rl_get_keymap_name</B> <I>(Keymap keymap)</I>
|
|
<DD>Return the name matching <VAR>keymap</VAR>. <VAR>name</VAR> is one which would
|
|
be supplied in a <CODE>set keymap</CODE> inputrc line (see section <A HREF="readline.html#SEC9">1.3 Readline Init File</A>).
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="Binding Keys"></A>
|
|
<HR SIZE="6">
|
|
<A NAME="SEC32"></A>
|
|
<TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
|
|
<TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC31"> < </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC33"> > </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC33"> << </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC29"> Up </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC43"> >> </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC51">Index</A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
|
|
</TR></TABLE>
|
|
<H3> 2.4.3 Binding Keys </H3>
|
|
<!--docid::SEC32::-->
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
Key sequences are associate with functions through the keymap.
|
|
Readline has several internal keymaps: <CODE>emacs_standard_keymap</CODE>,
|
|
<CODE>emacs_meta_keymap</CODE>, <CODE>emacs_ctlx_keymap</CODE>,
|
|
<CODE>vi_movement_keymap</CODE>, and <CODE>vi_insertion_keymap</CODE>.
|
|
<CODE>emacs_standard_keymap</CODE> is the default, and the examples in
|
|
this manual assume that.
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
Since <CODE>readline()</CODE> installs a set of default key bindings the first
|
|
time it is called, there is always the danger that a custom binding
|
|
installed before the first call to <CODE>readline()</CODE> will be overridden.
|
|
An alternate mechanism is to install custom key bindings in an
|
|
initialization function assigned to the <CODE>rl_startup_hook</CODE> variable
|
|
(see section <A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A>).
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
These functions manage key bindings.
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX237"></A>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_bind_key</B> <I>(int key, rl_command_func_t *function)</I>
|
|
<DD>Binds <VAR>key</VAR> to <VAR>function</VAR> in the currently active keymap.
|
|
Returns non-zero in the case of an invalid <VAR>key</VAR>.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX238"></A>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_bind_key_in_map</B> <I>(int key, rl_command_func_t *function, Keymap map)</I>
|
|
<DD>Bind <VAR>key</VAR> to <VAR>function</VAR> in <VAR>map</VAR>.
|
|
Returns non-zero in the case of an invalid <VAR>key</VAR>.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX239"></A>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_bind_key_if_unbound</B> <I>(int key, rl_command_func_t *function)</I>
|
|
<DD>Binds <VAR>key</VAR> to <VAR>function</VAR> if it is not already bound in the
|
|
currently active keymap.
|
|
Returns non-zero in the case of an invalid <VAR>key</VAR> or if <VAR>key</VAR> is
|
|
already bound.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX240"></A>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_bind_key_if_unbound_in_map</B> <I>(int key, rl_command_func_t *function, Keymap map)</I>
|
|
<DD>Binds <VAR>key</VAR> to <VAR>function</VAR> if it is not already bound in <VAR>map</VAR>.
|
|
Returns non-zero in the case of an invalid <VAR>key</VAR> or if <VAR>key</VAR> is
|
|
already bound.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX241"></A>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_unbind_key</B> <I>(int key)</I>
|
|
<DD>Bind <VAR>key</VAR> to the null function in the currently active keymap.
|
|
Returns non-zero in case of error.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX242"></A>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_unbind_key_in_map</B> <I>(int key, Keymap map)</I>
|
|
<DD>Bind <VAR>key</VAR> to the null function in <VAR>map</VAR>.
|
|
Returns non-zero in case of error.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX243"></A>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_unbind_function_in_map</B> <I>(rl_command_func_t *function, Keymap map)</I>
|
|
<DD>Unbind all keys that execute <VAR>function</VAR> in <VAR>map</VAR>.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX244"></A>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_unbind_command_in_map</B> <I>(const char *command, Keymap map)</I>
|
|
<DD>Unbind all keys that are bound to <VAR>command</VAR> in <VAR>map</VAR>.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX245"></A>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_bind_keyseq</B> <I>(const char *keyseq, rl_command_func_t *function)</I>
|
|
<DD>Bind the key sequence represented by the string <VAR>keyseq</VAR> to the function
|
|
<VAR>function</VAR>, beginning in the current keymap.
|
|
This makes new keymaps as necessary.
|
|
The return value is non-zero if <VAR>keyseq</VAR> is invalid.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX246"></A>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_bind_keyseq_in_map</B> <I>(const char *keyseq, rl_command_func_t *function, Keymap map)</I>
|
|
<DD>Bind the key sequence represented by the string <VAR>keyseq</VAR> to the function
|
|
<VAR>function</VAR>. This makes new keymaps as necessary.
|
|
Initial bindings are performed in <VAR>map</VAR>.
|
|
The return value is non-zero if <VAR>keyseq</VAR> is invalid.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX247"></A>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_set_key</B> <I>(const char *keyseq, rl_command_func_t *function, Keymap map)</I>
|
|
<DD>Equivalent to <CODE>rl_bind_keyseq_in_map</CODE>.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX248"></A>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_bind_keyseq_if_unbound</B> <I>(const char *keyseq, rl_command_func_t *function)</I>
|
|
<DD>Binds <VAR>keyseq</VAR> to <VAR>function</VAR> if it is not already bound in the
|
|
currently active keymap.
|
|
Returns non-zero in the case of an invalid <VAR>keyseq</VAR> or if <VAR>keyseq</VAR> is
|
|
already bound.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX249"></A>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_bind_keyseq_if_unbound_in_map</B> <I>(const char *keyseq, rl_command_func_t *function, Keymap map)</I>
|
|
<DD>Binds <VAR>keyseq</VAR> to <VAR>function</VAR> if it is not already bound in <VAR>map</VAR>.
|
|
Returns non-zero in the case of an invalid <VAR>keyseq</VAR> or if <VAR>keyseq</VAR> is
|
|
already bound.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX250"></A>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_generic_bind</B> <I>(int type, const char *keyseq, char *data, Keymap map)</I>
|
|
<DD>Bind the key sequence represented by the string <VAR>keyseq</VAR> to the arbitrary
|
|
pointer <VAR>data</VAR>. <VAR>type</VAR> says what kind of data is pointed to by
|
|
<VAR>data</VAR>; this can be a function (<CODE>ISFUNC</CODE>), a macro
|
|
(<CODE>ISMACR</CODE>), or a keymap (<CODE>ISKMAP</CODE>). This makes new keymaps as
|
|
necessary. The initial keymap in which to do bindings is <VAR>map</VAR>.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX251"></A>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_parse_and_bind</B> <I>(char *line)</I>
|
|
<DD>Parse <VAR>line</VAR> as if it had been read from the <CODE>inputrc</CODE> file and
|
|
perform any key bindings and variable assignments found
|
|
(see section <A HREF="readline.html#SEC9">1.3 Readline Init File</A>).
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX252"></A>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_read_init_file</B> <I>(const char *filename)</I>
|
|
<DD>Read keybindings and variable assignments from <VAR>filename</VAR>
|
|
(see section <A HREF="readline.html#SEC9">1.3 Readline Init File</A>).
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="Associating Function Names and Bindings"></A>
|
|
<HR SIZE="6">
|
|
<A NAME="SEC33"></A>
|
|
<TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
|
|
<TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC32"> < </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC34"> > </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC34"> << </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC29"> Up </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC43"> >> </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC51">Index</A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
|
|
</TR></TABLE>
|
|
<H3> 2.4.4 Associating Function Names and Bindings </H3>
|
|
<!--docid::SEC33::-->
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
These functions allow you to find out what keys invoke named functions
|
|
and the functions invoked by a particular key sequence. You may also
|
|
associate a new function name with an arbitrary function.
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX253"></A>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT><U>Function:</U> rl_command_func_t * <B>rl_named_function</B> <I>(const char *name)</I>
|
|
<DD>Return the function with name <VAR>name</VAR>.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX254"></A>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT><U>Function:</U> rl_command_func_t * <B>rl_function_of_keyseq</B> <I>(const char *keyseq, Keymap map, int *type)</I>
|
|
<DD>Return the function invoked by <VAR>keyseq</VAR> in keymap <VAR>map</VAR>.
|
|
If <VAR>map</VAR> is <CODE>NULL</CODE>, the current keymap is used. If <VAR>type</VAR> is
|
|
not <CODE>NULL</CODE>, the type of the object is returned in the <CODE>int</CODE> variable
|
|
it points to (one of <CODE>ISFUNC</CODE>, <CODE>ISKMAP</CODE>, or <CODE>ISMACR</CODE>).
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX255"></A>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT><U>Function:</U> char ** <B>rl_invoking_keyseqs</B> <I>(rl_command_func_t *function)</I>
|
|
<DD>Return an array of strings representing the key sequences used to
|
|
invoke <VAR>function</VAR> in the current keymap.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX256"></A>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT><U>Function:</U> char ** <B>rl_invoking_keyseqs_in_map</B> <I>(rl_command_func_t *function, Keymap map)</I>
|
|
<DD>Return an array of strings representing the key sequences used to
|
|
invoke <VAR>function</VAR> in the keymap <VAR>map</VAR>.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX257"></A>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_function_dumper</B> <I>(int readable)</I>
|
|
<DD>Print the readline function names and the key sequences currently
|
|
bound to them to <CODE>rl_outstream</CODE>. If <VAR>readable</VAR> is non-zero,
|
|
the list is formatted in such a way that it can be made part of an
|
|
<CODE>inputrc</CODE> file and re-read.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX258"></A>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_list_funmap_names</B> <I>(void)</I>
|
|
<DD>Print the names of all bindable Readline functions to <CODE>rl_outstream</CODE>.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX259"></A>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT><U>Function:</U> const char ** <B>rl_funmap_names</B> <I>(void)</I>
|
|
<DD>Return a NULL terminated array of known function names. The array is
|
|
sorted. The array itself is allocated, but not the strings inside. You
|
|
should free the array, but not the pointers, using <CODE>free</CODE> or
|
|
<CODE>rl_free</CODE> when you are done.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX260"></A>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_add_funmap_entry</B> <I>(const char *name, rl_command_func_t *function)</I>
|
|
<DD>Add <VAR>name</VAR> to the list of bindable Readline command names, and make
|
|
<VAR>function</VAR> the function to be called when <VAR>name</VAR> is invoked.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="Allowing Undoing"></A>
|
|
<HR SIZE="6">
|
|
<A NAME="SEC34"></A>
|
|
<TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
|
|
<TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC33"> < </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC35"> > </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC35"> << </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC29"> Up </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC43"> >> </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC51">Index</A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
|
|
</TR></TABLE>
|
|
<H3> 2.4.5 Allowing Undoing </H3>
|
|
<!--docid::SEC34::-->
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
Supporting the undo command is a painless thing, and makes your
|
|
functions much more useful. It is certainly easy to try
|
|
something if you know you can undo it.
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
If your function simply inserts text once, or deletes text once, and
|
|
uses <CODE>rl_insert_text()</CODE> or <CODE>rl_delete_text()</CODE> to do it, then
|
|
undoing is already done for you automatically.
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
If you do multiple insertions or multiple deletions, or any combination
|
|
of these operations, you should group them together into one operation.
|
|
This is done with <CODE>rl_begin_undo_group()</CODE> and
|
|
<CODE>rl_end_undo_group()</CODE>.
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
The types of events that can be undone are:
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<TABLE><tr><td> </td><td class=smallexample><FONT SIZE=-1><pre>enum undo_code { UNDO_DELETE, UNDO_INSERT, UNDO_BEGIN, UNDO_END };
|
|
</FONT></pre></td></tr></table></P><P>
|
|
|
|
Notice that <CODE>UNDO_DELETE</CODE> means to insert some text, and
|
|
<CODE>UNDO_INSERT</CODE> means to delete some text. That is, the undo code
|
|
tells what to undo, not how to undo it. <CODE>UNDO_BEGIN</CODE> and
|
|
<CODE>UNDO_END</CODE> are tags added by <CODE>rl_begin_undo_group()</CODE> and
|
|
<CODE>rl_end_undo_group()</CODE>.
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX261"></A>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_begin_undo_group</B> <I>(void)</I>
|
|
<DD>Begins saving undo information in a group construct. The undo
|
|
information usually comes from calls to <CODE>rl_insert_text()</CODE> and
|
|
<CODE>rl_delete_text()</CODE>, but could be the result of calls to
|
|
<CODE>rl_add_undo()</CODE>.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX262"></A>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_end_undo_group</B> <I>(void)</I>
|
|
<DD>Closes the current undo group started with <CODE>rl_begin_undo_group
|
|
()</CODE>. There should be one call to <CODE>rl_end_undo_group()</CODE>
|
|
for each call to <CODE>rl_begin_undo_group()</CODE>.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX263"></A>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_add_undo</B> <I>(enum undo_code what, int start, int end, char *text)</I>
|
|
<DD>Remember how to undo an event (according to <VAR>what</VAR>). The affected
|
|
text runs from <VAR>start</VAR> to <VAR>end</VAR>, and encompasses <VAR>text</VAR>.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX264"></A>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_free_undo_list</B> <I>(void)</I>
|
|
<DD>Free the existing undo list.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX265"></A>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_do_undo</B> <I>(void)</I>
|
|
<DD>Undo the first thing on the undo list. Returns <CODE>0</CODE> if there was
|
|
nothing to undo, non-zero if something was undone.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
Finally, if you neither insert nor delete text, but directly modify the
|
|
existing text (e.g., change its case), call <CODE>rl_modifying()</CODE>
|
|
once, just before you modify the text. You must supply the indices of
|
|
the text range that you are going to modify.
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX266"></A>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_modifying</B> <I>(int start, int end)</I>
|
|
<DD>Tell Readline to save the text between <VAR>start</VAR> and <VAR>end</VAR> as a
|
|
single undo unit. It is assumed that you will subsequently modify
|
|
that text.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="Redisplay"></A>
|
|
<HR SIZE="6">
|
|
<A NAME="SEC35"></A>
|
|
<TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
|
|
<TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC34"> < </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC36"> > </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC36"> << </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC29"> Up </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC43"> >> </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC51">Index</A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
|
|
</TR></TABLE>
|
|
<H3> 2.4.6 Redisplay </H3>
|
|
<!--docid::SEC35::-->
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX267"></A>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_redisplay</B> <I>(void)</I>
|
|
<DD>Change what's displayed on the screen to reflect the current contents
|
|
of <CODE>rl_line_buffer</CODE>.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX268"></A>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_forced_update_display</B> <I>(void)</I>
|
|
<DD>Force the line to be updated and redisplayed, whether or not
|
|
Readline thinks the screen display is correct.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX269"></A>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_on_new_line</B> <I>(void)</I>
|
|
<DD>Tell the update functions that we have moved onto a new (empty) line,
|
|
usually after ouputting a newline.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX270"></A>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_on_new_line_with_prompt</B> <I>(void)</I>
|
|
<DD>Tell the update functions that we have moved onto a new line, with
|
|
<VAR>rl_prompt</VAR> already displayed.
|
|
This could be used by applications that want to output the prompt string
|
|
themselves, but still need Readline to know the prompt string length for
|
|
redisplay.
|
|
It should be used after setting <VAR>rl_already_prompted</VAR>.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX271"></A>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_reset_line_state</B> <I>(void)</I>
|
|
<DD>Reset the display state to a clean state and redisplay the current line
|
|
starting on a new line.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX272"></A>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_crlf</B> <I>(void)</I>
|
|
<DD>Move the cursor to the start of the next screen line.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX273"></A>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_show_char</B> <I>(int c)</I>
|
|
<DD>Display character <VAR>c</VAR> on <CODE>rl_outstream</CODE>.
|
|
If Readline has not been set to display meta characters directly, this
|
|
will convert meta characters to a meta-prefixed key sequence.
|
|
This is intended for use by applications which wish to do their own
|
|
redisplay.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX274"></A>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_message</B> <I>(const char *, <small>...</small>)</I>
|
|
<DD>The arguments are a format string as would be supplied to <CODE>printf</CODE>,
|
|
possibly containing conversion specifications such as <SAMP>`%d'</SAMP>, and
|
|
any additional arguments necessary to satisfy the conversion specifications.
|
|
The resulting string is displayed in the <EM>echo area</EM>. The echo area
|
|
is also used to display numeric arguments and search strings.
|
|
You should call <CODE>rl_save_prompt</CODE> to save the prompt information
|
|
before calling this function.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX275"></A>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_clear_message</B> <I>(void)</I>
|
|
<DD>Clear the message in the echo area. If the prompt was saved with a call to
|
|
<CODE>rl_save_prompt</CODE> before the last call to <CODE>rl_message</CODE>,
|
|
call <CODE>rl_restore_prompt</CODE> before calling this function.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX276"></A>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_save_prompt</B> <I>(void)</I>
|
|
<DD>Save the local Readline prompt display state in preparation for
|
|
displaying a new message in the message area with <CODE>rl_message()</CODE>.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX277"></A>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_restore_prompt</B> <I>(void)</I>
|
|
<DD>Restore the local Readline prompt display state saved by the most
|
|
recent call to <CODE>rl_save_prompt</CODE>.
|
|
if <CODE>rl_save_prompt</CODE> was called to save the prompt before a call
|
|
to <CODE>rl_message</CODE>, this function should be called before the
|
|
corresponding call to <CODE>rl_clear_message</CODE>.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX278"></A>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_expand_prompt</B> <I>(char *prompt)</I>
|
|
<DD>Expand any special character sequences in <VAR>prompt</VAR> and set up the
|
|
local Readline prompt redisplay variables.
|
|
This function is called by <CODE>readline()</CODE>. It may also be called to
|
|
expand the primary prompt if the <CODE>rl_on_new_line_with_prompt()</CODE>
|
|
function or <CODE>rl_already_prompted</CODE> variable is used.
|
|
It returns the number of visible characters on the last line of the
|
|
(possibly multi-line) prompt.
|
|
Applications may indicate that the prompt contains characters that take
|
|
up no physical screen space when displayed by bracketing a sequence of
|
|
such characters with the special markers <CODE>RL_PROMPT_START_IGNORE</CODE>
|
|
and <CODE>RL_PROMPT_END_IGNORE</CODE> (declared in <TT>`readline.h'</TT>. This may
|
|
be used to embed terminal-specific escape sequences in prompts.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX279"></A>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_set_prompt</B> <I>(const char *prompt)</I>
|
|
<DD>Make Readline use <VAR>prompt</VAR> for subsequent redisplay. This calls
|
|
<CODE>rl_expand_prompt()</CODE> to expand the prompt and sets <CODE>rl_prompt</CODE>
|
|
to the result.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="Modifying Text"></A>
|
|
<HR SIZE="6">
|
|
<A NAME="SEC36"></A>
|
|
<TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
|
|
<TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC35"> < </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC37"> > </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC37"> << </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC29"> Up </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC43"> >> </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC51">Index</A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
|
|
</TR></TABLE>
|
|
<H3> 2.4.7 Modifying Text </H3>
|
|
<!--docid::SEC36::-->
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX280"></A>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_insert_text</B> <I>(const char *text)</I>
|
|
<DD>Insert <VAR>text</VAR> into the line at the current cursor position.
|
|
Returns the number of characters inserted.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX281"></A>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_delete_text</B> <I>(int start, int end)</I>
|
|
<DD>Delete the text between <VAR>start</VAR> and <VAR>end</VAR> in the current line.
|
|
Returns the number of characters deleted.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX282"></A>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT><U>Function:</U> char * <B>rl_copy_text</B> <I>(int start, int end)</I>
|
|
<DD>Return a copy of the text between <VAR>start</VAR> and <VAR>end</VAR> in
|
|
the current line.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX283"></A>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_kill_text</B> <I>(int start, int end)</I>
|
|
<DD>Copy the text between <VAR>start</VAR> and <VAR>end</VAR> in the current line
|
|
to the kill ring, appending or prepending to the last kill if the
|
|
last command was a kill command. The text is deleted.
|
|
If <VAR>start</VAR> is less than <VAR>end</VAR>,
|
|
the text is appended, otherwise prepended. If the last command was
|
|
not a kill, a new kill ring slot is used.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX284"></A>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_push_macro_input</B> <I>(char *macro)</I>
|
|
<DD>Cause <VAR>macro</VAR> to be inserted into the line, as if it had been invoked
|
|
by a key bound to a macro. Not especially useful; use
|
|
<CODE>rl_insert_text()</CODE> instead.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="Character Input"></A>
|
|
<HR SIZE="6">
|
|
<A NAME="SEC37"></A>
|
|
<TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
|
|
<TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC36"> < </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC38"> > </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC38"> << </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC29"> Up </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC43"> >> </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC51">Index</A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
|
|
</TR></TABLE>
|
|
<H3> 2.4.8 Character Input </H3>
|
|
<!--docid::SEC37::-->
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX285"></A>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_read_key</B> <I>(void)</I>
|
|
<DD>Return the next character available from Readline's current input stream.
|
|
This handles input inserted into
|
|
the input stream via <VAR>rl_pending_input</VAR> (see section <A HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A>)
|
|
and <CODE>rl_stuff_char()</CODE>, macros, and characters read from the keyboard.
|
|
While waiting for input, this function will call any function assigned to
|
|
the <CODE>rl_event_hook</CODE> variable.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX286"></A>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_getc</B> <I>(FILE *stream)</I>
|
|
<DD>Return the next character available from <VAR>stream</VAR>, which is assumed to
|
|
be the keyboard.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX287"></A>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_stuff_char</B> <I>(int c)</I>
|
|
<DD>Insert <VAR>c</VAR> into the Readline input stream. It will be "read"
|
|
before Readline attempts to read characters from the terminal with
|
|
<CODE>rl_read_key()</CODE>. Up to 512 characters may be pushed back.
|
|
<CODE>rl_stuff_char</CODE> returns 1 if the character was successfully inserted;
|
|
0 otherwise.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX288"></A>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_execute_next</B> <I>(int c)</I>
|
|
<DD>Make <VAR>c</VAR> be the next command to be executed when <CODE>rl_read_key()</CODE>
|
|
is called. This sets <VAR>rl_pending_input</VAR>.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX289"></A>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_clear_pending_input</B> <I>(void)</I>
|
|
<DD>Unset <VAR>rl_pending_input</VAR>, effectively negating the effect of any
|
|
previous call to <CODE>rl_execute_next()</CODE>. This works only if the
|
|
pending input has not already been read with <CODE>rl_read_key()</CODE>.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX290"></A>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_set_keyboard_input_timeout</B> <I>(int u)</I>
|
|
<DD>While waiting for keyboard input in <CODE>rl_read_key()</CODE>, Readline will
|
|
wait for <VAR>u</VAR> microseconds for input before calling any function
|
|
assigned to <CODE>rl_event_hook</CODE>. <VAR>u</VAR> must be greater than or equal
|
|
to zero (a zero-length timeout is equivalent to a poll).
|
|
The default waiting period is one-tenth of a second.
|
|
Returns the old timeout value.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="Terminal Management"></A>
|
|
<HR SIZE="6">
|
|
<A NAME="SEC38"></A>
|
|
<TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
|
|
<TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC37"> < </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC39"> > </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC43"> << </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC29"> Up </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC43"> >> </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC51">Index</A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
|
|
</TR></TABLE>
|
|
<H3> 2.4.9 Terminal Management </H3>
|
|
<!--docid::SEC38::-->
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX291"></A>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_prep_terminal</B> <I>(int meta_flag)</I>
|
|
<DD>Modify the terminal settings for Readline's use, so <CODE>readline()</CODE>
|
|
can read a single character at a time from the keyboard.
|
|
The <VAR>meta_flag</VAR> argument should be non-zero if Readline should
|
|
read eight-bit input.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX292"></A>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_deprep_terminal</B> <I>(void)</I>
|
|
<DD>Undo the effects of <CODE>rl_prep_terminal()</CODE>, leaving the terminal in
|
|
the state in which it was before the most recent call to
|
|
<CODE>rl_prep_terminal()</CODE>.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX293"></A>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_tty_set_default_bindings</B> <I>(Keymap kmap)</I>
|
|
<DD>Read the operating system's terminal editing characters (as would be
|
|
displayed by <CODE>stty</CODE>) to their Readline equivalents.
|
|
The bindings are performed in <VAR>kmap</VAR>.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX294"></A>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_tty_unset_default_bindings</B> <I>(Keymap kmap)</I>
|
|
<DD>Reset the bindings manipulated by <CODE>rl_tty_set_default_bindings</CODE> so
|
|
that the terminal editing characters are bound to <CODE>rl_insert</CODE>.
|
|
The bindings are performed in <VAR>kmap</VAR>.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX295"></A>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_reset_terminal</B> <I>(const char *terminal_name)</I>
|
|
<DD>Reinitialize Readline's idea of the terminal settings using
|
|
<VAR>terminal_name</VAR> as the terminal type (e.g., <CODE>vt100</CODE>).
|
|
If <VAR>terminal_name</VAR> is <CODE>NULL</CODE>, the value of the <CODE>TERM</CODE>
|
|
environment variable is used.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="Utility Functions"></A>
|
|
<HR SIZE="6">
|
|
<A NAME="SEC39"></A>
|
|
<TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
|
|
<TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC38"> < </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC40"> > </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC31"> << </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC29"> Up </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC43"> >> </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC51">Index</A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
|
|
</TR></TABLE>
|
|
<H3> 2.4.10 Utility Functions </H3>
|
|
<!--docid::SEC39::-->
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX296"></A>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_save_state</B> <I>(struct readline_state *sp)</I>
|
|
<DD>Save a snapshot of Readline's internal state to <VAR>sp</VAR>.
|
|
The contents of the <VAR>readline_state</VAR> structure are documented
|
|
in <TT>`readline.h'</TT>.
|
|
The caller is responsible for allocating the structure.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX297"></A>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_restore_state</B> <I>(struct readline_state *sp)</I>
|
|
<DD>Restore Readline's internal state to that stored in <VAR>sp</VAR>, which must
|
|
have been saved by a call to <CODE>rl_save_state</CODE>.
|
|
The contents of the <VAR>readline_state</VAR> structure are documented
|
|
in <TT>`readline.h'</TT>.
|
|
The caller is responsible for freeing the structure.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX298"></A>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_free</B> <I>(void *mem)</I>
|
|
<DD>Deallocate the memory pointed to by <VAR>mem</VAR>. <VAR>mem</VAR> must have been
|
|
allocated by <CODE>malloc</CODE>.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX299"></A>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_replace_line</B> <I>(const char *text, int clear_undo)</I>
|
|
<DD>Replace the contents of <CODE>rl_line_buffer</CODE> with <VAR>text</VAR>.
|
|
The point and mark are preserved, if possible.
|
|
If <VAR>clear_undo</VAR> is non-zero, the undo list associated with the
|
|
current line is cleared.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX300"></A>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_extend_line_buffer</B> <I>(int len)</I>
|
|
<DD>Ensure that <CODE>rl_line_buffer</CODE> has enough space to hold <VAR>len</VAR>
|
|
characters, possibly reallocating it if necessary.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX301"></A>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_initialize</B> <I>(void)</I>
|
|
<DD>Initialize or re-initialize Readline's internal state.
|
|
It's not strictly necessary to call this; <CODE>readline()</CODE> calls it before
|
|
reading any input.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX302"></A>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_ding</B> <I>(void)</I>
|
|
<DD>Ring the terminal bell, obeying the setting of <CODE>bell-style</CODE>.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX303"></A>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_alphabetic</B> <I>(int c)</I>
|
|
<DD>Return 1 if <VAR>c</VAR> is an alphabetic character.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX304"></A>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_display_match_list</B> <I>(char **matches, int len, int max)</I>
|
|
<DD>A convenience function for displaying a list of strings in
|
|
columnar format on Readline's output stream. <CODE>matches</CODE> is the list
|
|
of strings, in argv format, such as a list of completion matches.
|
|
<CODE>len</CODE> is the number of strings in <CODE>matches</CODE>, and <CODE>max</CODE>
|
|
is the length of the longest string in <CODE>matches</CODE>. This function uses
|
|
the setting of <CODE>print-completions-horizontally</CODE> to select how the
|
|
matches are displayed (see section <A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A>).
|
|
When displaying completions, this function sets the number of columns used
|
|
for display to the value of <CODE>completion-display-width</CODE>, the value of
|
|
the environment variable <CODE>COLUMNS</CODE>, or the screen width, in that order.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
The following are implemented as macros, defined in <CODE>chardefs.h</CODE>.
|
|
Applications should refrain from using them.
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX305"></A>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>_rl_uppercase_p</B> <I>(int c)</I>
|
|
<DD>Return 1 if <VAR>c</VAR> is an uppercase alphabetic character.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX306"></A>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>_rl_lowercase_p</B> <I>(int c)</I>
|
|
<DD>Return 1 if <VAR>c</VAR> is a lowercase alphabetic character.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX307"></A>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>_rl_digit_p</B> <I>(int c)</I>
|
|
<DD>Return 1 if <VAR>c</VAR> is a numeric character.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX308"></A>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>_rl_to_upper</B> <I>(int c)</I>
|
|
<DD>If <VAR>c</VAR> is a lowercase alphabetic character, return the corresponding
|
|
uppercase character.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX309"></A>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>_rl_to_lower</B> <I>(int c)</I>
|
|
<DD>If <VAR>c</VAR> is an uppercase alphabetic character, return the corresponding
|
|
lowercase character.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX310"></A>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>_rl_digit_value</B> <I>(int c)</I>
|
|
<DD>If <VAR>c</VAR> is a number, return the value it represents.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="Miscellaneous Functions"></A>
|
|
<HR SIZE="6">
|
|
<A NAME="SEC40"></A>
|
|
<TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
|
|
<TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC39"> < </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC41"> > </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC31"> << </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC29"> Up </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC43"> >> </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC51">Index</A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
|
|
</TR></TABLE>
|
|
<H3> 2.4.11 Miscellaneous Functions </H3>
|
|
<!--docid::SEC40::-->
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX311"></A>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_macro_bind</B> <I>(const char *keyseq, const char *macro, Keymap map)</I>
|
|
<DD>Bind the key sequence <VAR>keyseq</VAR> to invoke the macro <VAR>macro</VAR>.
|
|
The binding is performed in <VAR>map</VAR>. When <VAR>keyseq</VAR> is invoked, the
|
|
<VAR>macro</VAR> will be inserted into the line. This function is deprecated;
|
|
use <CODE>rl_generic_bind()</CODE> instead.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX312"></A>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_macro_dumper</B> <I>(int readable)</I>
|
|
<DD>Print the key sequences bound to macros and their values, using
|
|
the current keymap, to <CODE>rl_outstream</CODE>.
|
|
If <VAR>readable</VAR> is non-zero, the list is formatted in such a way
|
|
that it can be made part of an <CODE>inputrc</CODE> file and re-read.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX313"></A>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_variable_bind</B> <I>(const char *variable, const char *value)</I>
|
|
<DD>Make the Readline variable <VAR>variable</VAR> have <VAR>value</VAR>.
|
|
This behaves as if the readline command
|
|
<SAMP>`set <VAR>variable</VAR> <VAR>value</VAR>'</SAMP> had been executed in an <CODE>inputrc</CODE>
|
|
file (see section <A HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A>).
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX314"></A>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT><U>Function:</U> char * <B>rl_variable_value</B> <I>(const char *variable)</I>
|
|
<DD>Return a string representing the value of the Readline variable <VAR>variable</VAR>.
|
|
For boolean variables, this string is either <SAMP>`on'</SAMP> or <SAMP>`off'</SAMP>.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX315"></A>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_variable_dumper</B> <I>(int readable)</I>
|
|
<DD>Print the readline variable names and their current values
|
|
to <CODE>rl_outstream</CODE>.
|
|
If <VAR>readable</VAR> is non-zero, the list is formatted in such a way
|
|
that it can be made part of an <CODE>inputrc</CODE> file and re-read.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX316"></A>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_set_paren_blink_timeout</B> <I>(int u)</I>
|
|
<DD>Set the time interval (in microseconds) that Readline waits when showing
|
|
a balancing character when <CODE>blink-matching-paren</CODE> has been enabled.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX317"></A>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT><U>Function:</U> char * <B>rl_get_termcap</B> <I>(const char *cap)</I>
|
|
<DD>Retrieve the string value of the termcap capability <VAR>cap</VAR>.
|
|
Readline fetches the termcap entry for the current terminal name and
|
|
uses those capabilities to move around the screen line and perform other
|
|
terminal-specific operations, like erasing a line. Readline does not
|
|
use all of a terminal's capabilities, and this function will return
|
|
values for only those capabilities Readline uses.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="Alternate Interface"></A>
|
|
<HR SIZE="6">
|
|
<A NAME="SEC41"></A>
|
|
<TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
|
|
<TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC40"> < </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC42"> > </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC31"> << </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC29"> Up </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC43"> >> </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC51">Index</A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
|
|
</TR></TABLE>
|
|
<H3> 2.4.12 Alternate Interface </H3>
|
|
<!--docid::SEC41::-->
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
An alternate interface is available to plain <CODE>readline()</CODE>. Some
|
|
applications need to interleave keyboard I/O with file, device, or
|
|
window system I/O, typically by using a main loop to <CODE>select()</CODE>
|
|
on various file descriptors. To accomodate this need, readline can
|
|
also be invoked as a `callback' function from an event loop. There
|
|
are functions available to make this easy.
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX318"></A>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_callback_handler_install</B> <I>(const char *prompt, rl_vcpfunc_t *lhandler)</I>
|
|
<DD>Set up the terminal for readline I/O and display the initial
|
|
expanded value of <VAR>prompt</VAR>. Save the value of <VAR>lhandler</VAR> to
|
|
use as a function to call when a complete line of input has been entered.
|
|
The function takes the text of the line as an argument.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX319"></A>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_callback_read_char</B> <I>(void)</I>
|
|
<DD>Whenever an application determines that keyboard input is available, it
|
|
should call <CODE>rl_callback_read_char()</CODE>, which will read the next
|
|
character from the current input source.
|
|
If that character completes the line, <CODE>rl_callback_read_char</CODE> will
|
|
invoke the <VAR>lhandler</VAR> function saved by <CODE>rl_callback_handler_install</CODE>
|
|
to process the line.
|
|
Before calling the <VAR>lhandler</VAR> function, the terminal settings are
|
|
reset to the values they had before calling
|
|
<CODE>rl_callback_handler_install</CODE>.
|
|
If the <VAR>lhandler</VAR> function returns,
|
|
the terminal settings are modified for Readline's use again.
|
|
<CODE>EOF</CODE> is indicated by calling <VAR>lhandler</VAR> with a
|
|
<CODE>NULL</CODE> line.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX320"></A>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_callback_handler_remove</B> <I>(void)</I>
|
|
<DD>Restore the terminal to its initial state and remove the line handler.
|
|
This may be called from within a callback as well as independently.
|
|
If the <VAR>lhandler</VAR> installed by <CODE>rl_callback_handler_install</CODE>
|
|
does not exit the program, either this function or the function referred
|
|
to by the value of <CODE>rl_deprep_term_function</CODE> should be called before
|
|
the program exits to reset the terminal settings.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="A Readline Example"></A>
|
|
<HR SIZE="6">
|
|
<A NAME="SEC42"></A>
|
|
<TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
|
|
<TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC41"> < </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC43"> > </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC31"> << </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC29"> Up </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC43"> >> </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC51">Index</A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
|
|
</TR></TABLE>
|
|
<H3> 2.4.13 A Readline Example </H3>
|
|
<!--docid::SEC42::-->
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
Here is a function which changes lowercase characters to their uppercase
|
|
equivalents, and uppercase characters to lowercase. If
|
|
this function was bound to <SAMP>`M-c'</SAMP>, then typing <SAMP>`M-c'</SAMP> would
|
|
change the case of the character under point. Typing <SAMP>`M-1 0 M-c'</SAMP>
|
|
would change the case of the following 10 characters, leaving the cursor on
|
|
the last character changed.
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<TABLE><tr><td> </td><td class=example><pre>/* Invert the case of the COUNT following characters. */
|
|
int
|
|
invert_case_line (count, key)
|
|
int count, key;
|
|
{
|
|
register int start, end, i;
|
|
|
|
start = rl_point;
|
|
|
|
if (rl_point >= rl_end)
|
|
return (0);
|
|
|
|
if (count < 0)
|
|
{
|
|
direction = -1;
|
|
count = -count;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
direction = 1;
|
|
|
|
/* Find the end of the range to modify. */
|
|
end = start + (count * direction);
|
|
|
|
/* Force it to be within range. */
|
|
if (end > rl_end)
|
|
end = rl_end;
|
|
else if (end < 0)
|
|
end = 0;
|
|
|
|
if (start == end)
|
|
return (0);
|
|
|
|
if (start > end)
|
|
{
|
|
int temp = start;
|
|
start = end;
|
|
end = temp;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Tell readline that we are modifying the line,
|
|
so it will save the undo information. */
|
|
rl_modifying (start, end);
|
|
|
|
for (i = start; i != end; i++)
|
|
{
|
|
if (_rl_uppercase_p (rl_line_buffer[i]))
|
|
rl_line_buffer[i] = _rl_to_lower (rl_line_buffer[i]);
|
|
else if (_rl_lowercase_p (rl_line_buffer[i]))
|
|
rl_line_buffer[i] = _rl_to_upper (rl_line_buffer[i]);
|
|
}
|
|
/* Move point to on top of the last character changed. */
|
|
rl_point = (direction == 1) ? end - 1 : start;
|
|
return (0);
|
|
}
|
|
</pre></td></tr></table></P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="Readline Signal Handling"></A>
|
|
<HR SIZE="6">
|
|
<A NAME="SEC43"></A>
|
|
<TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
|
|
<TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC42"> < </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC44"> > </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC44"> << </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC23"> Up </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC49"> >> </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC51">Index</A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
|
|
</TR></TABLE>
|
|
<H2> 2.5 Readline Signal Handling </H2>
|
|
<!--docid::SEC43::-->
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
Signals are asynchronous events sent to a process by the Unix kernel,
|
|
sometimes on behalf of another process. They are intended to indicate
|
|
exceptional events, like a user pressing the interrupt key on his terminal,
|
|
or a network connection being broken. There is a class of signals that can
|
|
be sent to the process currently reading input from the keyboard. Since
|
|
Readline changes the terminal attributes when it is called, it needs to
|
|
perform special processing when such a signal is received in order to
|
|
restore the terminal to a sane state, or provide application writers with
|
|
functions to do so manually.
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
Readline contains an internal signal handler that is installed for a
|
|
number of signals (<CODE>SIGINT</CODE>, <CODE>SIGQUIT</CODE>, <CODE>SIGTERM</CODE>,
|
|
<CODE>SIGALRM</CODE>, <CODE>SIGTSTP</CODE>, <CODE>SIGTTIN</CODE>, and <CODE>SIGTTOU</CODE>).
|
|
When one of these signals is received, the signal handler
|
|
will reset the terminal attributes to those that were in effect before
|
|
<CODE>readline()</CODE> was called, reset the signal handling to what it was
|
|
before <CODE>readline()</CODE> was called, and resend the signal to the calling
|
|
application.
|
|
If and when the calling application's signal handler returns, Readline
|
|
will reinitialize the terminal and continue to accept input.
|
|
When a <CODE>SIGINT</CODE> is received, the Readline signal handler performs
|
|
some additional work, which will cause any partially-entered line to be
|
|
aborted (see the description of <CODE>rl_free_line_state()</CODE> below).
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
There is an additional Readline signal handler, for <CODE>SIGWINCH</CODE>, which
|
|
the kernel sends to a process whenever the terminal's size changes (for
|
|
example, if a user resizes an <CODE>xterm</CODE>). The Readline <CODE>SIGWINCH</CODE>
|
|
handler updates Readline's internal screen size information, and then calls
|
|
any <CODE>SIGWINCH</CODE> signal handler the calling application has installed.
|
|
Readline calls the application's <CODE>SIGWINCH</CODE> signal handler without
|
|
resetting the terminal to its original state. If the application's signal
|
|
handler does more than update its idea of the terminal size and return (for
|
|
example, a <CODE>longjmp</CODE> back to a main processing loop), it <EM>must</EM>
|
|
call <CODE>rl_cleanup_after_signal()</CODE> (described below), to restore the
|
|
terminal state.
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
Readline provides two variables that allow application writers to
|
|
control whether or not it will catch certain signals and act on them
|
|
when they are received. It is important that applications change the
|
|
values of these variables only when calling <CODE>readline()</CODE>, not in
|
|
a signal handler, so Readline's internal signal state is not corrupted.
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX321"></A>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_catch_signals</B>
|
|
<DD>If this variable is non-zero, Readline will install signal handlers for
|
|
<CODE>SIGINT</CODE>, <CODE>SIGQUIT</CODE>, <CODE>SIGTERM</CODE>, <CODE>SIGALRM</CODE>,
|
|
<CODE>SIGTSTP</CODE>, <CODE>SIGTTIN</CODE>, and <CODE>SIGTTOU</CODE>.
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
The default value of <CODE>rl_catch_signals</CODE> is 1.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX322"></A>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_catch_sigwinch</B>
|
|
<DD>If this variable is non-zero, Readline will install a signal handler for
|
|
<CODE>SIGWINCH</CODE>.
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
The default value of <CODE>rl_catch_sigwinch</CODE> is 1.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
If an application does not wish to have Readline catch any signals, or
|
|
to handle signals other than those Readline catches (<CODE>SIGHUP</CODE>,
|
|
for example),
|
|
Readline provides convenience functions to do the necessary terminal
|
|
and internal state cleanup upon receipt of a signal.
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX323"></A>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_cleanup_after_signal</B> <I>(void)</I>
|
|
<DD>This function will reset the state of the terminal to what it was before
|
|
<CODE>readline()</CODE> was called, and remove the Readline signal handlers for
|
|
all signals, depending on the values of <CODE>rl_catch_signals</CODE> and
|
|
<CODE>rl_catch_sigwinch</CODE>.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX324"></A>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_free_line_state</B> <I>(void)</I>
|
|
<DD>This will free any partial state associated with the current input line
|
|
(undo information, any partial history entry, any partially-entered
|
|
keyboard macro, and any partially-entered numeric argument). This
|
|
should be called before <CODE>rl_cleanup_after_signal()</CODE>. The
|
|
Readline signal handler for <CODE>SIGINT</CODE> calls this to abort the
|
|
current input line.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX325"></A>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_reset_after_signal</B> <I>(void)</I>
|
|
<DD>This will reinitialize the terminal and reinstall any Readline signal
|
|
handlers, depending on the values of <CODE>rl_catch_signals</CODE> and
|
|
<CODE>rl_catch_sigwinch</CODE>.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
If an application does not wish Readline to catch <CODE>SIGWINCH</CODE>, it may
|
|
call <CODE>rl_resize_terminal()</CODE> or <CODE>rl_set_screen_size()</CODE> to force
|
|
Readline to update its idea of the terminal size when a <CODE>SIGWINCH</CODE>
|
|
is received.
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX326"></A>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_echo_signal_char</B> <I>(int sig)</I>
|
|
<DD>If an application wishes to install its own signal handlers, but still
|
|
have readline display characters that generate signals, calling this
|
|
function with <VAR>sig</VAR> set to <CODE>SIGINT</CODE>, <CODE>SIGQUIT</CODE>, or
|
|
<CODE>SIGTSTP</CODE> will display the character generating that signal.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX327"></A>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_resize_terminal</B> <I>(void)</I>
|
|
<DD>Update Readline's internal screen size by reading values from the kernel.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX328"></A>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_set_screen_size</B> <I>(int rows, int cols)</I>
|
|
<DD>Set Readline's idea of the terminal size to <VAR>rows</VAR> rows and
|
|
<VAR>cols</VAR> columns. If either <VAR>rows</VAR> or <VAR>columns</VAR> is less than
|
|
or equal to 0, Readline's idea of that terminal dimension is unchanged.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
If an application does not want to install a <CODE>SIGWINCH</CODE> handler, but
|
|
is still interested in the screen dimensions, Readline's idea of the screen
|
|
size may be queried.
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX329"></A>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_get_screen_size</B> <I>(int *rows, int *cols)</I>
|
|
<DD>Return Readline's idea of the terminal's size in the
|
|
variables pointed to by the arguments.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX330"></A>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT><U>Function:</U> void <B>rl_reset_screen_size</B> <I>(void)</I>
|
|
<DD>Cause Readline to reobtain the screen size and recalculate its dimensions.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
The following functions install and remove Readline's signal handlers.
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX331"></A>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_set_signals</B> <I>(void)</I>
|
|
<DD>Install Readline's signal handler for <CODE>SIGINT</CODE>, <CODE>SIGQUIT</CODE>,
|
|
<CODE>SIGTERM</CODE>, <CODE>SIGALRM</CODE>, <CODE>SIGTSTP</CODE>, <CODE>SIGTTIN</CODE>,
|
|
<CODE>SIGTTOU</CODE>, and <CODE>SIGWINCH</CODE>, depending on the values of
|
|
<CODE>rl_catch_signals</CODE> and <CODE>rl_catch_sigwinch</CODE>.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX332"></A>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_clear_signals</B> <I>(void)</I>
|
|
<DD>Remove all of the Readline signal handlers installed by
|
|
<CODE>rl_set_signals()</CODE>.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="Custom Completers"></A>
|
|
<HR SIZE="6">
|
|
<A NAME="SEC44"></A>
|
|
<TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
|
|
<TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC43"> < </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC45"> > </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[ << ]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC23"> Up </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC49"> >> </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC51">Index</A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
|
|
</TR></TABLE>
|
|
<H2> 2.6 Custom Completers </H2>
|
|
<!--docid::SEC44::-->
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
Typically, a program that reads commands from the user has a way of
|
|
disambiguating commands and data. If your program is one of these, then
|
|
it can provide completion for commands, data, or both.
|
|
The following sections describe how your program and Readline
|
|
cooperate to provide this service.
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<BLOCKQUOTE><TABLE BORDER=0 CELLSPACING=0>
|
|
<TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC45">2.6.1 How Completing Works</A></TD><TD> </TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">The logic used to do completion.</TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC46">2.6.2 Completion Functions</A></TD><TD> </TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Functions provided by Readline.</TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC47">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD><TD> </TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">Variables which control completion.</TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP"><A HREF="readline.html#SEC48">2.6.4 A Short Completion Example</A></TD><TD> </TD><TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="TOP">An example of writing completer subroutines.</TD></TR>
|
|
</TABLE></BLOCKQUOTE>
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="How Completing Works"></A>
|
|
<HR SIZE="6">
|
|
<A NAME="SEC45"></A>
|
|
<TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
|
|
<TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC44"> < </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC46"> > </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[ << ]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC44"> Up </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC49"> >> </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC51">Index</A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
|
|
</TR></TABLE>
|
|
<H3> 2.6.1 How Completing Works </H3>
|
|
<!--docid::SEC45::-->
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
In order to complete some text, the full list of possible completions
|
|
must be available. That is, it is not possible to accurately
|
|
expand a partial word without knowing all of the possible words
|
|
which make sense in that context. The Readline library provides
|
|
the user interface to completion, and two of the most common
|
|
completion functions: filename and username. For completing other types
|
|
of text, you must write your own completion function. This section
|
|
describes exactly what such functions must do, and provides an example.
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
There are three major functions used to perform completion:
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<OL>
|
|
<LI>
|
|
The user-interface function <CODE>rl_complete()</CODE>. This function is
|
|
called with the same arguments as other bindable Readline functions:
|
|
<VAR>count</VAR> and <VAR>invoking_key</VAR>.
|
|
It isolates the word to be completed and calls
|
|
<CODE>rl_completion_matches()</CODE> to generate a list of possible completions.
|
|
It then either lists the possible completions, inserts the possible
|
|
completions, or actually performs the
|
|
completion, depending on which behavior is desired.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
<LI>
|
|
The internal function <CODE>rl_completion_matches()</CODE> uses an
|
|
application-supplied <EM>generator</EM> function to generate the list of
|
|
possible matches, and then returns the array of these matches.
|
|
The caller should place the address of its generator function in
|
|
<CODE>rl_completion_entry_function</CODE>.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
<LI>
|
|
The generator function is called repeatedly from
|
|
<CODE>rl_completion_matches()</CODE>, returning a string each time. The
|
|
arguments to the generator function are <VAR>text</VAR> and <VAR>state</VAR>.
|
|
<VAR>text</VAR> is the partial word to be completed. <VAR>state</VAR> is zero the
|
|
first time the function is called, allowing the generator to perform
|
|
any necessary initialization, and a positive non-zero integer for
|
|
each subsequent call. The generator function returns
|
|
<CODE>(char *)NULL</CODE> to inform <CODE>rl_completion_matches()</CODE> that there are
|
|
no more possibilities left. Usually the generator function computes the
|
|
list of possible completions when <VAR>state</VAR> is zero, and returns them
|
|
one at a time on subsequent calls. Each string the generator function
|
|
returns as a match must be allocated with <CODE>malloc()</CODE>; Readline
|
|
frees the strings when it has finished with them.
|
|
Such a generator function is referred to as an
|
|
<EM>application-specific completion function</EM>.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
</OL>
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX333"></A>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_complete</B> <I>(int ignore, int invoking_key)</I>
|
|
<DD>Complete the word at or before point. You have supplied the function
|
|
that does the initial simple matching selection algorithm (see
|
|
<CODE>rl_completion_matches()</CODE>). The default is to do filename completion.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX334"></A>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT><U>Variable:</U> rl_compentry_func_t * <B>rl_completion_entry_function</B>
|
|
<DD>This is a pointer to the generator function for
|
|
<CODE>rl_completion_matches()</CODE>.
|
|
If the value of <CODE>rl_completion_entry_function</CODE> is
|
|
<CODE>NULL</CODE> then the default filename generator
|
|
function, <CODE>rl_filename_completion_function()</CODE>, is used.
|
|
An <EM>application-specific completion function</EM> is a function whose
|
|
address is assigned to <CODE>rl_completion_entry_function</CODE> and whose
|
|
return values are used to generate possible completions.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="Completion Functions"></A>
|
|
<HR SIZE="6">
|
|
<A NAME="SEC46"></A>
|
|
<TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
|
|
<TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC45"> < </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC47"> > </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC47"> << </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC44"> Up </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC49"> >> </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC51">Index</A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
|
|
</TR></TABLE>
|
|
<H3> 2.6.2 Completion Functions </H3>
|
|
<!--docid::SEC46::-->
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
Here is the complete list of callable completion functions present in
|
|
Readline.
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX335"></A>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_complete_internal</B> <I>(int what_to_do)</I>
|
|
<DD>Complete the word at or before point. <VAR>what_to_do</VAR> says what to do
|
|
with the completion. A value of <SAMP>`?'</SAMP> means list the possible
|
|
completions. <SAMP>`TAB'</SAMP> means do standard completion. <SAMP>`*'</SAMP> means
|
|
insert all of the possible completions. <SAMP>`!'</SAMP> means to display
|
|
all of the possible completions, if there is more than one, as well as
|
|
performing partial completion. <SAMP>`@'</SAMP> is similar to <SAMP>`!'</SAMP>, but
|
|
possible completions are not listed if the possible completions share
|
|
a common prefix.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX336"></A>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_complete</B> <I>(int ignore, int invoking_key)</I>
|
|
<DD>Complete the word at or before point. You have supplied the function
|
|
that does the initial simple matching selection algorithm (see
|
|
<CODE>rl_completion_matches()</CODE> and <CODE>rl_completion_entry_function</CODE>).
|
|
The default is to do filename
|
|
completion. This calls <CODE>rl_complete_internal()</CODE> with an
|
|
argument depending on <VAR>invoking_key</VAR>.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX337"></A>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_possible_completions</B> <I>(int count, int invoking_key)</I>
|
|
<DD>List the possible completions. See description of <CODE>rl_complete
|
|
()</CODE>. This calls <CODE>rl_complete_internal()</CODE> with an argument of
|
|
<SAMP>`?'</SAMP>.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX338"></A>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_insert_completions</B> <I>(int count, int invoking_key)</I>
|
|
<DD>Insert the list of possible completions into the line, deleting the
|
|
partially-completed word. See description of <CODE>rl_complete()</CODE>.
|
|
This calls <CODE>rl_complete_internal()</CODE> with an argument of <SAMP>`*'</SAMP>.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX339"></A>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT><U>Function:</U> int <B>rl_completion_mode</B> <I>(rl_command_func_t *cfunc)</I>
|
|
<DD>Returns the apppriate value to pass to <CODE>rl_complete_internal()</CODE>
|
|
depending on whether <VAR>cfunc</VAR> was called twice in succession and
|
|
the values of the <CODE>show-all-if-ambiguous</CODE> and
|
|
<CODE>show-all-if-unmodified</CODE> variables.
|
|
Application-specific completion functions may use this function to present
|
|
the same interface as <CODE>rl_complete()</CODE>.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX340"></A>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT><U>Function:</U> char ** <B>rl_completion_matches</B> <I>(const char *text, rl_compentry_func_t *entry_func)</I>
|
|
<DD>Returns an array of strings which is a list of completions for
|
|
<VAR>text</VAR>. If there are no completions, returns <CODE>NULL</CODE>.
|
|
The first entry in the returned array is the substitution for <VAR>text</VAR>.
|
|
The remaining entries are the possible completions. The array is
|
|
terminated with a <CODE>NULL</CODE> pointer.
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<VAR>entry_func</VAR> is a function of two args, and returns a
|
|
<CODE>char *</CODE>. The first argument is <VAR>text</VAR>. The second is a
|
|
state argument; it is zero on the first call, and non-zero on subsequent
|
|
calls. <VAR>entry_func</VAR> returns a <CODE>NULL</CODE> pointer to the caller
|
|
when there are no more matches.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX341"></A>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT><U>Function:</U> char * <B>rl_filename_completion_function</B> <I>(const char *text, int state)</I>
|
|
<DD>A generator function for filename completion in the general case.
|
|
<VAR>text</VAR> is a partial filename.
|
|
The Bash source is a useful reference for writing application-specific
|
|
completion functions (the Bash completion functions call this and other
|
|
Readline functions).
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX342"></A>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT><U>Function:</U> char * <B>rl_username_completion_function</B> <I>(const char *text, int state)</I>
|
|
<DD>A completion generator for usernames. <VAR>text</VAR> contains a partial
|
|
username preceded by a random character (usually <SAMP>`~'</SAMP>). As with all
|
|
completion generators, <VAR>state</VAR> is zero on the first call and non-zero
|
|
for subsequent calls.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="Completion Variables"></A>
|
|
<HR SIZE="6">
|
|
<A NAME="SEC47"></A>
|
|
<TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
|
|
<TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC46"> < </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC48"> > </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC48"> << </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC44"> Up </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC49"> >> </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC51">Index</A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
|
|
</TR></TABLE>
|
|
<H3> 2.6.3 Completion Variables </H3>
|
|
<!--docid::SEC47::-->
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX343"></A>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT><U>Variable:</U> rl_compentry_func_t * <B>rl_completion_entry_function</B>
|
|
<DD>A pointer to the generator function for <CODE>rl_completion_matches()</CODE>.
|
|
<CODE>NULL</CODE> means to use <CODE>rl_filename_completion_function()</CODE>,
|
|
the default filename completer.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX344"></A>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT><U>Variable:</U> rl_completion_func_t * <B>rl_attempted_completion_function</B>
|
|
<DD>A pointer to an alternative function to create matches.
|
|
The function is called with <VAR>text</VAR>, <VAR>start</VAR>, and <VAR>end</VAR>.
|
|
<VAR>start</VAR> and <VAR>end</VAR> are indices in <CODE>rl_line_buffer</CODE> defining
|
|
the boundaries of <VAR>text</VAR>, which is a character string.
|
|
If this function exists and returns <CODE>NULL</CODE>, or if this variable is
|
|
set to <CODE>NULL</CODE>, then <CODE>rl_complete()</CODE> will call the value of
|
|
<CODE>rl_completion_entry_function</CODE> to generate matches, otherwise the
|
|
array of strings returned will be used.
|
|
If this function sets the <CODE>rl_attempted_completion_over</CODE>
|
|
variable to a non-zero value, Readline will not perform its default
|
|
completion even if this function returns no matches.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX345"></A>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT><U>Variable:</U> rl_quote_func_t * <B>rl_filename_quoting_function</B>
|
|
<DD>A pointer to a function that will quote a filename in an
|
|
application-specific fashion. This is called if filename completion is being
|
|
attempted and one of the characters in <CODE>rl_filename_quote_characters</CODE>
|
|
appears in a completed filename. The function is called with
|
|
<VAR>text</VAR>, <VAR>match_type</VAR>, and <VAR>quote_pointer</VAR>. The <VAR>text</VAR>
|
|
is the filename to be quoted. The <VAR>match_type</VAR> is either
|
|
<CODE>SINGLE_MATCH</CODE>, if there is only one completion match, or
|
|
<CODE>MULT_MATCH</CODE>. Some functions use this to decide whether or not to
|
|
insert a closing quote character. The <VAR>quote_pointer</VAR> is a pointer
|
|
to any opening quote character the user typed. Some functions choose
|
|
to reset this character.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX346"></A>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT><U>Variable:</U> rl_dequote_func_t * <B>rl_filename_dequoting_function</B>
|
|
<DD>A pointer to a function that will remove application-specific quoting
|
|
characters from a filename before completion is attempted, so those
|
|
characters do not interfere with matching the text against names in
|
|
the filesystem. It is called with <VAR>text</VAR>, the text of the word
|
|
to be dequoted, and <VAR>quote_char</VAR>, which is the quoting character
|
|
that delimits the filename (usually <SAMP>`''</SAMP> or <SAMP>`"'</SAMP>). If
|
|
<VAR>quote_char</VAR> is zero, the filename was not in an embedded string.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX347"></A>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT><U>Variable:</U> rl_linebuf_func_t * <B>rl_char_is_quoted_p</B>
|
|
<DD>A pointer to a function to call that determines whether or not a specific
|
|
character in the line buffer is quoted, according to whatever quoting
|
|
mechanism the program calling Readline uses. The function is called with
|
|
two arguments: <VAR>text</VAR>, the text of the line, and <VAR>index</VAR>, the
|
|
index of the character in the line. It is used to decide whether a
|
|
character found in <CODE>rl_completer_word_break_characters</CODE> should be
|
|
used to break words for the completer.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX348"></A>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT><U>Variable:</U> rl_compignore_func_t * <B>rl_ignore_some_completions_function</B>
|
|
<DD>This function, if defined, is called by the completer when real filename
|
|
completion is done, after all the matching names have been generated.
|
|
It is passed a <CODE>NULL</CODE> terminated array of matches.
|
|
The first element (<CODE>matches[0]</CODE>) is the
|
|
maximal substring common to all matches. This function can
|
|
re-arrange the list of matches as required, but each element deleted
|
|
from the array must be freed.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX349"></A>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT><U>Variable:</U> rl_icppfunc_t * <B>rl_directory_completion_hook</B>
|
|
<DD>This function, if defined, is allowed to modify the directory portion
|
|
of filenames Readline completes. It is called with the address of a
|
|
string (the current directory name) as an argument, and may modify that string.
|
|
If the string is replaced with a new string, the old value should be freed.
|
|
Any modified directory name should have a trailing slash.
|
|
The modified value will be displayed as part of the completion, replacing
|
|
the directory portion of the pathname the user typed.
|
|
It returns an integer that should be non-zero if the function modifies
|
|
its directory argument.
|
|
It could be used to expand symbolic links or shell variables in pathnames.
|
|
At the least, even if no other expansion is performed, this function should
|
|
remove any quote characters from the directory name, because its result will
|
|
be passed directly to <CODE>opendir()</CODE>.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX350"></A>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT><U>Variable:</U> rl_dequote_func_t * <B>rl_filename_rewrite_hook</B>
|
|
<DD>If non-zero, this is the address of a function called when reading
|
|
directory entries from the filesystem for completion and comparing
|
|
them to the partial word to be completed. The function should
|
|
perform any necesary application or system-specific conversion on
|
|
the filename, such as converting between character sets or converting
|
|
from a filesystem format to a character input format.
|
|
The function takes two arguments: <VAR>fname</VAR>, the filename to be converted,
|
|
and <VAR>fnlen</VAR>, its length in bytes.
|
|
It must either return its first argument (if no conversion takes place)
|
|
or the converted filename in newly-allocated memory. The converted
|
|
form is used to compare against the word to be completed, and, if it
|
|
matches, is added to the list of matches. Readline will free the
|
|
allocated string.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX351"></A>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT><U>Variable:</U> rl_compdisp_func_t * <B>rl_completion_display_matches_hook</B>
|
|
<DD>If non-zero, then this is the address of a function to call when
|
|
completing a word would normally display the list of possible matches.
|
|
This function is called in lieu of Readline displaying the list.
|
|
It takes three arguments:
|
|
(<CODE>char **</CODE><VAR>matches</VAR>, <CODE>int</CODE> <VAR>num_matches</VAR>, <CODE>int</CODE> <VAR>max_length</VAR>)
|
|
where <VAR>matches</VAR> is the array of matching strings,
|
|
<VAR>num_matches</VAR> is the number of strings in that array, and
|
|
<VAR>max_length</VAR> is the length of the longest string in that array.
|
|
Readline provides a convenience function, <CODE>rl_display_match_list</CODE>,
|
|
that takes care of doing the display to Readline's output stream. That
|
|
function may be called from this hook.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX352"></A>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT><U>Variable:</U> const char * <B>rl_basic_word_break_characters</B>
|
|
<DD>The basic list of characters that signal a break between words for the
|
|
completer routine. The default value of this variable is the characters
|
|
which break words for completion in Bash:
|
|
<CODE>" \t\n\"\\'`@$><=;|&{("</CODE>.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX353"></A>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT><U>Variable:</U> const char * <B>rl_basic_quote_characters</B>
|
|
<DD>A list of quote characters which can cause a word break.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX354"></A>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT><U>Variable:</U> const char * <B>rl_completer_word_break_characters</B>
|
|
<DD>The list of characters that signal a break between words for
|
|
<CODE>rl_complete_internal()</CODE>. The default list is the value of
|
|
<CODE>rl_basic_word_break_characters</CODE>.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX355"></A>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT><U>Variable:</U> rl_cpvfunc_t * <B>rl_completion_word_break_hook</B>
|
|
<DD>If non-zero, this is the address of a function to call when Readline is
|
|
deciding where to separate words for word completion. It should return
|
|
a character string like <CODE>rl_completer_word_break_characters</CODE> to be
|
|
used to perform the current completion. The function may choose to set
|
|
<CODE>rl_completer_word_break_characters</CODE> itself. If the function
|
|
returns <CODE>NULL</CODE>, <CODE>rl_completer_word_break_characters</CODE> is used.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX356"></A>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT><U>Variable:</U> const char * <B>rl_completer_quote_characters</B>
|
|
<DD>A list of characters which can be used to quote a substring of the line.
|
|
Completion occurs on the entire substring, and within the substring
|
|
<CODE>rl_completer_word_break_characters</CODE> are treated as any other character,
|
|
unless they also appear within this list.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX357"></A>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT><U>Variable:</U> const char * <B>rl_filename_quote_characters</B>
|
|
<DD>A list of characters that cause a filename to be quoted by the completer
|
|
when they appear in a completed filename. The default is the null string.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX358"></A>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT><U>Variable:</U> const char * <B>rl_special_prefixes</B>
|
|
<DD>The list of characters that are word break characters, but should be
|
|
left in <VAR>text</VAR> when it is passed to the completion function.
|
|
Programs can use this to help determine what kind of completing to do.
|
|
For instance, Bash sets this variable to "$@" so that it can complete
|
|
shell variables and hostnames.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX359"></A>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_completion_query_items</B>
|
|
<DD>Up to this many items will be displayed in response to a
|
|
possible-completions call. After that, readline asks the user if she is sure
|
|
she wants to see them all. The default value is 100. A negative value
|
|
indicates that Readline should never ask the user.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX360"></A>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_completion_append_character</B>
|
|
<DD>When a single completion alternative matches at the end of the command
|
|
line, this character is appended to the inserted completion text. The
|
|
default is a space character (<SAMP>` '</SAMP>). Setting this to the null
|
|
character (<SAMP>`\0'</SAMP>) prevents anything being appended automatically.
|
|
This can be changed in application-specific completion functions to
|
|
provide the "most sensible word separator character" according to
|
|
an application-specific command line syntax specification.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX361"></A>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_completion_suppress_append</B>
|
|
<DD>If non-zero, <VAR>rl_completion_append_character</VAR> is not appended to
|
|
matches at the end of the command line, as described above.
|
|
It is set to 0 before any application-specific completion function
|
|
is called, and may only be changed within such a function.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX362"></A>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_completion_quote_character</B>
|
|
<DD>When Readline is completing quoted text, as delimited by one of the
|
|
characters in <VAR>rl_completer_quote_characters</VAR>, it sets this variable
|
|
to the quoting character found.
|
|
This is set before any application-specific completion function is called.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX363"></A>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_completion_suppress_quote</B>
|
|
<DD>If non-zero, Readline does not append a matching quote character when
|
|
performing completion on a quoted string.
|
|
It is set to 0 before any application-specific completion function
|
|
is called, and may only be changed within such a function.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX364"></A>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_completion_found_quote</B>
|
|
<DD>When Readline is completing quoted text, it sets this variable
|
|
to a non-zero value if the word being completed contains or is delimited
|
|
by any quoting characters, including backslashes.
|
|
This is set before any application-specific completion function is called.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX365"></A>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_completion_mark_symlink_dirs</B>
|
|
<DD>If non-zero, a slash will be appended to completed filenames that are
|
|
symbolic links to directory names, subject to the value of the
|
|
user-settable <VAR>mark-directories</VAR> variable.
|
|
This variable exists so that application-specific completion functions
|
|
can override the user's global preference (set via the
|
|
<VAR>mark-symlinked-directories</VAR> Readline variable) if appropriate.
|
|
This variable is set to the user's preference before any
|
|
application-specific completion function is called, so unless that
|
|
function modifies the value, the user's preferences are honored.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX366"></A>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_ignore_completion_duplicates</B>
|
|
<DD>If non-zero, then duplicates in the matches are removed.
|
|
The default is 1.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX367"></A>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_filename_completion_desired</B>
|
|
<DD>Non-zero means that the results of the matches are to be treated as
|
|
filenames. This is <EM>always</EM> zero when completion is attempted,
|
|
and can only be changed
|
|
within an application-specific completion function. If it is set to a
|
|
non-zero value by such a function, directory names have a slash appended
|
|
and Readline attempts to quote completed filenames if they contain any
|
|
characters in <CODE>rl_filename_quote_characters</CODE> and
|
|
<CODE>rl_filename_quoting_desired</CODE> is set to a non-zero value.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX368"></A>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_filename_quoting_desired</B>
|
|
<DD>Non-zero means that the results of the matches are to be quoted using
|
|
double quotes (or an application-specific quoting mechanism) if the
|
|
completed filename contains any characters in
|
|
<CODE>rl_filename_quote_chars</CODE>. This is <EM>always</EM> non-zero
|
|
when completion is attempted, and can only be changed within an
|
|
application-specific completion function.
|
|
The quoting is effected via a call to the function pointed to
|
|
by <CODE>rl_filename_quoting_function</CODE>.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX369"></A>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_attempted_completion_over</B>
|
|
<DD>If an application-specific completion function assigned to
|
|
<CODE>rl_attempted_completion_function</CODE> sets this variable to a non-zero
|
|
value, Readline will not perform its default filename completion even
|
|
if the application's completion function returns no matches.
|
|
It should be set only by an application's completion function.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX370"></A>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_sort_completion_matches</B>
|
|
<DD>If an application sets this variable to 0, Readline will not sort the
|
|
list of completions (which implies that it cannot remove any duplicate
|
|
completions). The default value is 1, which means that Readline will
|
|
sort the completions and, depending on the value of
|
|
<CODE>rl_ignore_completion_duplicates</CODE>, will attempt to remove duplicate
|
|
matches.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX371"></A>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_completion_type</B>
|
|
<DD>Set to a character describing the type of completion Readline is currently
|
|
attempting; see the description of <CODE>rl_complete_internal()</CODE>
|
|
(see section <A HREF="readline.html#SEC46">2.6.2 Completion Functions</A>) for the list of characters.
|
|
This is set to the appropriate value before any application-specific
|
|
completion function is called, allowing such functions to present
|
|
the same interface as <CODE>rl_complete()</CODE>.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX372"></A>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_completion_invoking_key</B>
|
|
<DD>Set to the final character in the key sequence that invoked one of the
|
|
completion functions that call <CODE>rl_complete_internal()</CODE>. This is
|
|
set to the appropriate value before any application-specific completion
|
|
function is called.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="IDX373"></A>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT><U>Variable:</U> int <B>rl_inhibit_completion</B>
|
|
<DD>If this variable is non-zero, completion is inhibited. The completion
|
|
character will be inserted as any other bound to <CODE>self-insert</CODE>.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="A Short Completion Example"></A>
|
|
<HR SIZE="6">
|
|
<A NAME="SEC48"></A>
|
|
<TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
|
|
<TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC47"> < </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC49"> > </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[ << ]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC44"> Up </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC49"> >> </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC51">Index</A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
|
|
</TR></TABLE>
|
|
<H3> 2.6.4 A Short Completion Example </H3>
|
|
<!--docid::SEC48::-->
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
Here is a small application demonstrating the use of the GNU Readline
|
|
library. It is called <CODE>fileman</CODE>, and the source code resides in
|
|
<TT>`examples/fileman.c'</TT>. This sample application provides
|
|
completion of command names, line editing features, and access to the
|
|
history list.
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<TABLE><tr><td> </td><td class=smallexample><FONT SIZE=-1><pre>/* fileman.c -- A tiny application which demonstrates how to use the
|
|
GNU Readline library. This application interactively allows users
|
|
to manipulate files and their modes. */
|
|
|
|
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
|
|
# include <config.h>
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
#include <sys/types.h>
|
|
#ifdef HAVE_SYS_FILE_H
|
|
# include <sys/file.h>
|
|
#endif
|
|
#include <sys/stat.h>
|
|
|
|
#ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
|
|
# include <unistd.h>
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
#include <fcntl.h>
|
|
#include <stdio.h>
|
|
#include <errno.h>
|
|
|
|
#if defined (HAVE_STRING_H)
|
|
# include <string.h>
|
|
#else /* !HAVE_STRING_H */
|
|
# include <strings.h>
|
|
#endif /* !HAVE_STRING_H */
|
|
|
|
#ifdef HAVE_STDLIB_H
|
|
# include <stdlib.h>
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
#include <time.h>
|
|
|
|
#include <readline/readline.h>
|
|
#include <readline/history.h>
|
|
|
|
extern char *xmalloc PARAMS((size_t));
|
|
|
|
/* The names of functions that actually do the manipulation. */
|
|
int com_list PARAMS((char *));
|
|
int com_view PARAMS((char *));
|
|
int com_rename PARAMS((char *));
|
|
int com_stat PARAMS((char *));
|
|
int com_pwd PARAMS((char *));
|
|
int com_delete PARAMS((char *));
|
|
int com_help PARAMS((char *));
|
|
int com_cd PARAMS((char *));
|
|
int com_quit PARAMS((char *));
|
|
|
|
/* A structure which contains information on the commands this program
|
|
can understand. */
|
|
|
|
typedef struct {
|
|
char *name; /* User printable name of the function. */
|
|
rl_icpfunc_t *func; /* Function to call to do the job. */
|
|
char *doc; /* Documentation for this function. */
|
|
} COMMAND;
|
|
|
|
COMMAND commands[] = {
|
|
{ "cd", com_cd, "Change to directory DIR" },
|
|
{ "delete", com_delete, "Delete FILE" },
|
|
{ "help", com_help, "Display this text" },
|
|
{ "?", com_help, "Synonym for `help'" },
|
|
{ "list", com_list, "List files in DIR" },
|
|
{ "ls", com_list, "Synonym for `list'" },
|
|
{ "pwd", com_pwd, "Print the current working directory" },
|
|
{ "quit", com_quit, "Quit using Fileman" },
|
|
{ "rename", com_rename, "Rename FILE to NEWNAME" },
|
|
{ "stat", com_stat, "Print out statistics on FILE" },
|
|
{ "view", com_view, "View the contents of FILE" },
|
|
{ (char *)NULL, (rl_icpfunc_t *)NULL, (char *)NULL }
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/* Forward declarations. */
|
|
char *stripwhite ();
|
|
COMMAND *find_command ();
|
|
|
|
/* The name of this program, as taken from argv[0]. */
|
|
char *progname;
|
|
|
|
/* When non-zero, this global means the user is done using this program. */
|
|
int done;
|
|
|
|
char *
|
|
dupstr (s)
|
|
char *s;
|
|
{
|
|
char *r;
|
|
|
|
r = xmalloc (strlen (s) + 1);
|
|
strcpy (r, s);
|
|
return (r);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
main (argc, argv)
|
|
int argc;
|
|
char **argv;
|
|
{
|
|
char *line, *s;
|
|
|
|
progname = argv[0];
|
|
|
|
initialize_readline (); /* Bind our completer. */
|
|
|
|
/* Loop reading and executing lines until the user quits. */
|
|
for ( ; done == 0; )
|
|
{
|
|
line = readline ("FileMan: ");
|
|
|
|
if (!line)
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
/* Remove leading and trailing whitespace from the line.
|
|
Then, if there is anything left, add it to the history list
|
|
and execute it. */
|
|
s = stripwhite (line);
|
|
|
|
if (*s)
|
|
{
|
|
add_history (s);
|
|
execute_line (s);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
free (line);
|
|
}
|
|
exit (0);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Execute a command line. */
|
|
int
|
|
execute_line (line)
|
|
char *line;
|
|
{
|
|
register int i;
|
|
COMMAND *command;
|
|
char *word;
|
|
|
|
/* Isolate the command word. */
|
|
i = 0;
|
|
while (line[i] && whitespace (line[i]))
|
|
i++;
|
|
word = line + i;
|
|
|
|
while (line[i] && !whitespace (line[i]))
|
|
i++;
|
|
|
|
if (line[i])
|
|
line[i++] = '\0';
|
|
|
|
command = find_command (word);
|
|
|
|
if (!command)
|
|
{
|
|
fprintf (stderr, "%s: No such command for FileMan.\n", word);
|
|
return (-1);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Get argument to command, if any. */
|
|
while (whitespace (line[i]))
|
|
i++;
|
|
|
|
word = line + i;
|
|
|
|
/* Call the function. */
|
|
return ((*(command->func)) (word));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Look up NAME as the name of a command, and return a pointer to that
|
|
command. Return a NULL pointer if NAME isn't a command name. */
|
|
COMMAND *
|
|
find_command (name)
|
|
char *name;
|
|
{
|
|
register int i;
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0; commands[i].name; i++)
|
|
if (strcmp (name, commands[i].name) == 0)
|
|
return (&commands[i]);
|
|
|
|
return ((COMMAND *)NULL);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Strip whitespace from the start and end of STRING. Return a pointer
|
|
into STRING. */
|
|
char *
|
|
stripwhite (string)
|
|
char *string;
|
|
{
|
|
register char *s, *t;
|
|
|
|
for (s = string; whitespace (*s); s++)
|
|
;
|
|
|
|
if (*s == 0)
|
|
return (s);
|
|
|
|
t = s + strlen (s) - 1;
|
|
while (t > s && whitespace (*t))
|
|
t--;
|
|
*++t = '\0';
|
|
|
|
return s;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* **************************************************************** */
|
|
/* */
|
|
/* Interface to Readline Completion */
|
|
/* */
|
|
/* **************************************************************** */
|
|
|
|
char *command_generator PARAMS((const char *, int));
|
|
char **fileman_completion PARAMS((const char *, int, int));
|
|
|
|
/* Tell the GNU Readline library how to complete. We want to try to complete
|
|
on command names if this is the first word in the line, or on filenames
|
|
if not. */
|
|
initialize_readline ()
|
|
{
|
|
/* Allow conditional parsing of the ~/.inputrc file. */
|
|
rl_readline_name = "FileMan";
|
|
|
|
/* Tell the completer that we want a crack first. */
|
|
rl_attempted_completion_function = fileman_completion;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Attempt to complete on the contents of TEXT. START and END bound the
|
|
region of rl_line_buffer that contains the word to complete. TEXT is
|
|
the word to complete. We can use the entire contents of rl_line_buffer
|
|
in case we want to do some simple parsing. Return the array of matches,
|
|
or NULL if there aren't any. */
|
|
char **
|
|
fileman_completion (text, start, end)
|
|
const char *text;
|
|
int start, end;
|
|
{
|
|
char **matches;
|
|
|
|
matches = (char **)NULL;
|
|
|
|
/* If this word is at the start of the line, then it is a command
|
|
to complete. Otherwise it is the name of a file in the current
|
|
directory. */
|
|
if (start == 0)
|
|
matches = rl_completion_matches (text, command_generator);
|
|
|
|
return (matches);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Generator function for command completion. STATE lets us know whether
|
|
to start from scratch; without any state (i.e. STATE == 0), then we
|
|
start at the top of the list. */
|
|
char *
|
|
command_generator (text, state)
|
|
const char *text;
|
|
int state;
|
|
{
|
|
static int list_index, len;
|
|
char *name;
|
|
|
|
/* If this is a new word to complete, initialize now. This includes
|
|
saving the length of TEXT for efficiency, and initializing the index
|
|
variable to 0. */
|
|
if (!state)
|
|
{
|
|
list_index = 0;
|
|
len = strlen (text);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Return the next name which partially matches from the command list. */
|
|
while (name = commands[list_index].name)
|
|
{
|
|
list_index++;
|
|
|
|
if (strncmp (name, text, len) == 0)
|
|
return (dupstr(name));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* If no names matched, then return NULL. */
|
|
return ((char *)NULL);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* **************************************************************** */
|
|
/* */
|
|
/* FileMan Commands */
|
|
/* */
|
|
/* **************************************************************** */
|
|
|
|
/* String to pass to system (). This is for the LIST, VIEW and RENAME
|
|
commands. */
|
|
static char syscom[1024];
|
|
|
|
/* List the file(s) named in arg. */
|
|
com_list (arg)
|
|
char *arg;
|
|
{
|
|
if (!arg)
|
|
arg = "";
|
|
|
|
sprintf (syscom, "ls -FClg %s", arg);
|
|
return (system (syscom));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
com_view (arg)
|
|
char *arg;
|
|
{
|
|
if (!valid_argument ("view", arg))
|
|
return 1;
|
|
|
|
#if defined (__MSDOS__)
|
|
/* more.com doesn't grok slashes in pathnames */
|
|
sprintf (syscom, "less %s", arg);
|
|
#else
|
|
sprintf (syscom, "more %s", arg);
|
|
#endif
|
|
return (system (syscom));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
com_rename (arg)
|
|
char *arg;
|
|
{
|
|
too_dangerous ("rename");
|
|
return (1);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
com_stat (arg)
|
|
char *arg;
|
|
{
|
|
struct stat finfo;
|
|
|
|
if (!valid_argument ("stat", arg))
|
|
return (1);
|
|
|
|
if (stat (arg, &finfo) == -1)
|
|
{
|
|
perror (arg);
|
|
return (1);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
printf ("Statistics for `%s':\n", arg);
|
|
|
|
printf ("%s has %d link%s, and is %d byte%s in length.\n",
|
|
arg,
|
|
finfo.st_nlink,
|
|
(finfo.st_nlink == 1) ? "" : "s",
|
|
finfo.st_size,
|
|
(finfo.st_size == 1) ? "" : "s");
|
|
printf ("Inode Last Change at: %s", ctime (&finfo.st_ctime));
|
|
printf (" Last access at: %s", ctime (&finfo.st_atime));
|
|
printf (" Last modified at: %s", ctime (&finfo.st_mtime));
|
|
return (0);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
com_delete (arg)
|
|
char *arg;
|
|
{
|
|
too_dangerous ("delete");
|
|
return (1);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Print out help for ARG, or for all of the commands if ARG is
|
|
not present. */
|
|
com_help (arg)
|
|
char *arg;
|
|
{
|
|
register int i;
|
|
int printed = 0;
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0; commands[i].name; i++)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!*arg || (strcmp (arg, commands[i].name) == 0))
|
|
{
|
|
printf ("%s\t\t%s.\n", commands[i].name, commands[i].doc);
|
|
printed++;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (!printed)
|
|
{
|
|
printf ("No commands match `%s'. Possibilties are:\n", arg);
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0; commands[i].name; i++)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Print in six columns. */
|
|
if (printed == 6)
|
|
{
|
|
printed = 0;
|
|
printf ("\n");
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
printf ("%s\t", commands[i].name);
|
|
printed++;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (printed)
|
|
printf ("\n");
|
|
}
|
|
return (0);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Change to the directory ARG. */
|
|
com_cd (arg)
|
|
char *arg;
|
|
{
|
|
if (chdir (arg) == -1)
|
|
{
|
|
perror (arg);
|
|
return 1;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
com_pwd ("");
|
|
return (0);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Print out the current working directory. */
|
|
com_pwd (ignore)
|
|
char *ignore;
|
|
{
|
|
char dir[1024], *s;
|
|
|
|
s = getcwd (dir, sizeof(dir) - 1);
|
|
if (s == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
printf ("Error getting pwd: %s\n", dir);
|
|
return 1;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
printf ("Current directory is %s\n", dir);
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* The user wishes to quit using this program. Just set DONE non-zero. */
|
|
com_quit (arg)
|
|
char *arg;
|
|
{
|
|
done = 1;
|
|
return (0);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Function which tells you that you can't do this. */
|
|
too_dangerous (caller)
|
|
char *caller;
|
|
{
|
|
fprintf (stderr,
|
|
"%s: Too dangerous for me to distribute. Write it yourself.\n",
|
|
caller);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Return non-zero if ARG is a valid argument for CALLER, else print
|
|
an error message and return zero. */
|
|
int
|
|
valid_argument (caller, arg)
|
|
char *caller, *arg;
|
|
{
|
|
if (!arg || !*arg)
|
|
{
|
|
fprintf (stderr, "%s: Argument required.\n", caller);
|
|
return (0);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return (1);
|
|
}
|
|
</FONT></pre></td></tr></table></P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="GNU Free Documentation License"></A>
|
|
<HR SIZE="6">
|
|
<A NAME="SEC49"></A>
|
|
<TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
|
|
<TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC48"> < </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC51"> > </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC23"> << </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top"> Up </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[ >> ]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC51">Index</A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
|
|
</TR></TABLE>
|
|
<H1> A. GNU Free Documentation License </H1>
|
|
<!--docid::SEC49::-->
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
<center>
|
|
Version 1.3, 3 November 2008
|
|
</center>
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<TABLE><tr><td> </td><td class=display><pre style="font-family: serif">Copyright (C) 2000, 2001, 2002, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
|
<A HREF="http://fsf.org/">http://fsf.org/</A>
|
|
|
|
Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
|
|
of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
|
|
</pre></td></tr></table></P><P>
|
|
|
|
<OL>
|
|
<LI>
|
|
PREAMBLE
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other
|
|
functional and useful document <EM>free</EM> in the sense of freedom: to
|
|
assure everyone the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it,
|
|
with or without modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially.
|
|
Secondarily, this License preserves for the author and publisher a way
|
|
to get credit for their work, while not being considered responsible
|
|
for modifications made by others.
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
This License is a kind of "copyleft", which means that derivative
|
|
works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense. It
|
|
complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft
|
|
license designed for free software.
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free
|
|
software, because free software needs free documentation: a free
|
|
program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the
|
|
software does. But this License is not limited to software manuals;
|
|
it can be used for any textual work, regardless of subject matter or
|
|
whether it is published as a printed book. We recommend this License
|
|
principally for works whose purpose is instruction or reference.
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<LI>
|
|
APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
This License applies to any manual or other work, in any medium, that
|
|
contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be
|
|
distributed under the terms of this License. Such a notice grants a
|
|
world-wide, royalty-free license, unlimited in duration, to use that
|
|
work under the conditions stated herein. The "Document", below,
|
|
refers to any such manual or work. Any member of the public is a
|
|
licensee, and is addressed as "you". You accept the license if you
|
|
copy, modify or distribute the work in a way requiring permission
|
|
under copyright law.
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
A "Modified Version" of the Document means any work containing the
|
|
Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with
|
|
modifications and/or translated into another language.
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
A "Secondary Section" is a named appendix or a front-matter section
|
|
of the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the
|
|
publishers or authors of the Document to the Document's overall
|
|
subject (or to related matters) and contains nothing that could fall
|
|
directly within that overall subject. (Thus, if the Document is in
|
|
part a textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain
|
|
any mathematics.) The relationship could be a matter of historical
|
|
connection with the subject or with related matters, or of legal,
|
|
commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position regarding
|
|
them.
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
The "Invariant Sections" are certain Secondary Sections whose titles
|
|
are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice
|
|
that says that the Document is released under this License. If a
|
|
section does not fit the above definition of Secondary then it is not
|
|
allowed to be designated as Invariant. The Document may contain zero
|
|
Invariant Sections. If the Document does not identify any Invariant
|
|
Sections then there are none.
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
The "Cover Texts" are certain short passages of text that are listed,
|
|
as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that
|
|
the Document is released under this License. A Front-Cover Text may
|
|
be at most 5 words, and a Back-Cover Text may be at most 25 words.
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
A "Transparent" copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy,
|
|
represented in a format whose specification is available to the
|
|
general public, that is suitable for revising the document
|
|
straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of
|
|
pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available
|
|
drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or
|
|
for automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input
|
|
to text formatters. A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file
|
|
format whose markup, or absence of markup, has been arranged to thwart
|
|
or discourage subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent.
|
|
An image format is not Transparent if used for any substantial amount
|
|
of text. A copy that is not "Transparent" is called "Opaque".
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain
|
|
ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input
|
|
format, <FONT SIZE="-1">SGML</FONT> or <FONT SIZE="-1">XML</FONT> using a publicly available
|
|
<FONT SIZE="-1">DTD</FONT>, and standard-conforming simple <FONT SIZE="-1">HTML</FONT>,
|
|
PostScript or <FONT SIZE="-1">PDF</FONT> designed for human modification. Examples
|
|
of transparent image formats include <FONT SIZE="-1">PNG</FONT>, <FONT SIZE="-1">XCF</FONT> and
|
|
<FONT SIZE="-1">JPG</FONT>. Opaque formats include proprietary formats that can be
|
|
read and edited only by proprietary word processors, <FONT SIZE="-1">SGML</FONT> or
|
|
<FONT SIZE="-1">XML</FONT> for which the <FONT SIZE="-1">DTD</FONT> and/or processing tools are
|
|
not generally available, and the machine-generated <FONT SIZE="-1">HTML</FONT>,
|
|
PostScript or <FONT SIZE="-1">PDF</FONT> produced by some word processors for
|
|
output purposes only.
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
The "Title Page" means, for a printed book, the title page itself,
|
|
plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material
|
|
this License requires to appear in the title page. For works in
|
|
formats which do not have any title page as such, "Title Page" means
|
|
the text near the most prominent appearance of the work's title,
|
|
preceding the beginning of the body of the text.
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
The "publisher" means any person or entity that distributes copies
|
|
of the Document to the public.
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
A section "Entitled XYZ" means a named subunit of the Document whose
|
|
title either is precisely XYZ or contains XYZ in parentheses following
|
|
text that translates XYZ in another language. (Here XYZ stands for a
|
|
specific section name mentioned below, such as "Acknowledgements",
|
|
"Dedications", "Endorsements", or "History".) To "Preserve the Title"
|
|
of such a section when you modify the Document means that it remains a
|
|
section "Entitled XYZ" according to this definition.
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
The Document may include Warranty Disclaimers next to the notice which
|
|
states that this License applies to the Document. These Warranty
|
|
Disclaimers are considered to be included by reference in this
|
|
License, but only as regards disclaiming warranties: any other
|
|
implication that these Warranty Disclaimers may have is void and has
|
|
no effect on the meaning of this License.
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<LI>
|
|
VERBATIM COPYING
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either
|
|
commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the
|
|
copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License applies
|
|
to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other
|
|
conditions whatsoever to those of this License. You may not use
|
|
technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or further
|
|
copying of the copies you make or distribute. However, you may accept
|
|
compensation in exchange for copies. If you distribute a large enough
|
|
number of copies you must also follow the conditions in section 3.
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and
|
|
you may publicly display copies.
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<LI>
|
|
COPYING IN QUANTITY
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
If you publish printed copies (or copies in media that commonly have
|
|
printed covers) of the Document, numbering more than 100, and the
|
|
Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, you must enclose the
|
|
copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover
|
|
Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on
|
|
the back cover. Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify
|
|
you as the publisher of these copies. The front cover must present
|
|
the full title with all words of the title equally prominent and
|
|
visible. You may add other material on the covers in addition.
|
|
Copying with changes limited to the covers, as long as they preserve
|
|
the title of the Document and satisfy these conditions, can be treated
|
|
as verbatim copying in other respects.
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit
|
|
legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit
|
|
reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent
|
|
pages.
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering
|
|
more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable Transparent
|
|
copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy
|
|
a computer-network location from which the general network-using
|
|
public has access to download using public-standard network protocols
|
|
a complete Transparent copy of the Document, free of added material.
|
|
If you use the latter option, you must take reasonably prudent steps,
|
|
when you begin distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure
|
|
that this Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated
|
|
location until at least one year after the last time you distribute an
|
|
Opaque copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that
|
|
edition to the public.
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the
|
|
Document well before redistributing any large number of copies, to give
|
|
them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the Document.
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<LI>
|
|
MODIFICATIONS
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under
|
|
the conditions of sections 2 and 3 above, provided that you release
|
|
the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the Modified
|
|
Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution
|
|
and modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy
|
|
of it. In addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version:
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<OL>
|
|
<LI>
|
|
Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct
|
|
from that of the Document, and from those of previous versions
|
|
(which should, if there were any, be listed in the History section
|
|
of the Document). You may use the same title as a previous version
|
|
if the original publisher of that version gives permission.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
<LI>
|
|
List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or entities
|
|
responsible for authorship of the modifications in the Modified
|
|
Version, together with at least five of the principal authors of the
|
|
Document (all of its principal authors, if it has fewer than five),
|
|
unless they release you from this requirement.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
<LI>
|
|
State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the
|
|
Modified Version, as the publisher.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
<LI>
|
|
Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
<LI>
|
|
Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications
|
|
adjacent to the other copyright notices.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
<LI>
|
|
Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice
|
|
giving the public permission to use the Modified Version under the
|
|
terms of this License, in the form shown in the Addendum below.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
<LI>
|
|
Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant Sections
|
|
and required Cover Texts given in the Document's license notice.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
<LI>
|
|
Include an unaltered copy of this License.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
<LI>
|
|
Preserve the section Entitled "History", Preserve its Title, and add
|
|
to it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and
|
|
publisher of the Modified Version as given on the Title Page. If
|
|
there is no section Entitled "History" in the Document, create one
|
|
stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the Document as
|
|
given on its Title Page, then add an item describing the Modified
|
|
Version as stated in the previous sentence.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
<LI>
|
|
Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document for
|
|
public access to a Transparent copy of the Document, and likewise
|
|
the network locations given in the Document for previous versions
|
|
it was based on. These may be placed in the "History" section.
|
|
You may omit a network location for a work that was published at
|
|
least four years before the Document itself, or if the original
|
|
publisher of the version it refers to gives permission.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
<LI>
|
|
For any section Entitled "Acknowledgements" or "Dedications", Preserve
|
|
the Title of the section, and preserve in the section all the
|
|
substance and tone of each of the contributor acknowledgements and/or
|
|
dedications given therein.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
<LI>
|
|
Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document,
|
|
unaltered in their text and in their titles. Section numbers
|
|
or the equivalent are not considered part of the section titles.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
<LI>
|
|
Delete any section Entitled "Endorsements". Such a section
|
|
may not be included in the Modified Version.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
<LI>
|
|
Do not retitle any existing section to be Entitled "Endorsements" or
|
|
to conflict in title with any Invariant Section.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
<LI>
|
|
Preserve any Warranty Disclaimers.
|
|
</OL>
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or
|
|
appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no material
|
|
copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or all
|
|
of these sections as invariant. To do this, add their titles to the
|
|
list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version's license notice.
|
|
These titles must be distinct from any other section titles.
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
You may add a section Entitled "Endorsements", provided it contains
|
|
nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various
|
|
parties--for example, statements of peer review or that the text has
|
|
been approved by an organization as the authoritative definition of a
|
|
standard.
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a
|
|
passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of the list
|
|
of Cover Texts in the Modified Version. Only one passage of
|
|
Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or
|
|
through arrangements made by) any one entity. If the Document already
|
|
includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by you or
|
|
by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of,
|
|
you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit
|
|
permission from the previous publisher that added the old one.
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License
|
|
give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or
|
|
imply endorsement of any Modified Version.
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<LI>
|
|
COMBINING DOCUMENTS
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
You may combine the Document with other documents released under this
|
|
License, under the terms defined in section 4 above for modified
|
|
versions, provided that you include in the combination all of the
|
|
Invariant Sections of all of the original documents, unmodified, and
|
|
list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in its
|
|
license notice, and that you preserve all their Warranty Disclaimers.
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and
|
|
multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single
|
|
copy. If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but
|
|
different contents, make the title of each such section unique by
|
|
adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original
|
|
author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique number.
|
|
Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of
|
|
Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined work.
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
In the combination, you must combine any sections Entitled "History"
|
|
in the various original documents, forming one section Entitled
|
|
"History"; likewise combine any sections Entitled "Acknowledgements",
|
|
and any sections Entitled "Dedications". You must delete all
|
|
sections Entitled "Endorsements."
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<LI>
|
|
COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents
|
|
released under this License, and replace the individual copies of this
|
|
License in the various documents with a single copy that is included in
|
|
the collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for
|
|
verbatim copying of each of the documents in all other respects.
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
You may extract a single document from such a collection, and distribute
|
|
it individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this
|
|
License into the extracted document, and follow this License in all
|
|
other respects regarding verbatim copying of that document.
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<LI>
|
|
AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other separate
|
|
and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or
|
|
distribution medium, is called an "aggregate" if the copyright
|
|
resulting from the compilation is not used to limit the legal rights
|
|
of the compilation's users beyond what the individual works permit.
|
|
When the Document is included in an aggregate, this License does not
|
|
apply to the other works in the aggregate which are not themselves
|
|
derivative works of the Document.
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these
|
|
copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one half of
|
|
the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed on
|
|
covers that bracket the Document within the aggregate, or the
|
|
electronic equivalent of covers if the Document is in electronic form.
|
|
Otherwise they must appear on printed covers that bracket the whole
|
|
aggregate.
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<LI>
|
|
TRANSLATION
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may
|
|
distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section 4.
|
|
Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special
|
|
permission from their copyright holders, but you may include
|
|
translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the
|
|
original versions of these Invariant Sections. You may include a
|
|
translation of this License, and all the license notices in the
|
|
Document, and any Warranty Disclaimers, provided that you also include
|
|
the original English version of this License and the original versions
|
|
of those notices and disclaimers. In case of a disagreement between
|
|
the translation and the original version of this License or a notice
|
|
or disclaimer, the original version will prevail.
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
If a section in the Document is Entitled "Acknowledgements",
|
|
"Dedications", or "History", the requirement (section 4) to Preserve
|
|
its Title (section 1) will typically require changing the actual
|
|
title.
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<LI>
|
|
TERMINATION
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document
|
|
except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt
|
|
otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute it is void, and
|
|
will automatically terminate your rights under this License.
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
However, if you cease all violation of this License, then your license
|
|
from a particular copyright holder is reinstated (a) provisionally,
|
|
unless and until the copyright holder explicitly and finally
|
|
terminates your license, and (b) permanently, if the copyright holder
|
|
fails to notify you of the violation by some reasonable means prior to
|
|
60 days after the cessation.
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
Moreover, your license from a particular copyright holder is
|
|
reinstated permanently if the copyright holder notifies you of the
|
|
violation by some reasonable means, this is the first time you have
|
|
received notice of violation of this License (for any work) from that
|
|
copyright holder, and you cure the violation prior to 30 days after
|
|
your receipt of the notice.
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
Termination of your rights under this section does not terminate the
|
|
licenses of parties who have received copies or rights from you under
|
|
this License. If your rights have been terminated and not permanently
|
|
reinstated, receipt of a copy of some or all of the same material does
|
|
not give you any rights to use it.
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<LI>
|
|
FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions
|
|
of the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time. Such new
|
|
versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may
|
|
differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. See
|
|
<A HREF="http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/">http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/</A>.
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number.
|
|
If the Document specifies that a particular numbered version of this
|
|
License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the option of
|
|
following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or
|
|
of any later version that has been published (not as a draft) by the
|
|
Free Software Foundation. If the Document does not specify a version
|
|
number of this License, you may choose any version ever published (not
|
|
as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation. If the Document
|
|
specifies that a proxy can decide which future versions of this
|
|
License can be used, that proxy's public statement of acceptance of a
|
|
version permanently authorizes you to choose that version for the
|
|
Document.
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<LI>
|
|
RELICENSING
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
"Massive Multiauthor Collaboration Site" (or "MMC Site") means any
|
|
World Wide Web server that publishes copyrightable works and also
|
|
provides prominent facilities for anybody to edit those works. A
|
|
public wiki that anybody can edit is an example of such a server. A
|
|
"Massive Multiauthor Collaboration" (or "MMC") contained in the
|
|
site means any set of copyrightable works thus published on the MMC
|
|
site.
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
"CC-BY-SA" means the Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0
|
|
license published by Creative Commons Corporation, a not-for-profit
|
|
corporation with a principal place of business in San Francisco,
|
|
California, as well as future copyleft versions of that license
|
|
published by that same organization.
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
"Incorporate" means to publish or republish a Document, in whole or
|
|
in part, as part of another Document.
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
An MMC is "eligible for relicensing" if it is licensed under this
|
|
License, and if all works that were first published under this License
|
|
somewhere other than this MMC, and subsequently incorporated in whole
|
|
or in part into the MMC, (1) had no cover texts or invariant sections,
|
|
and (2) were thus incorporated prior to November 1, 2008.
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
The operator of an MMC Site may republish an MMC contained in the site
|
|
under CC-BY-SA on the same site at any time before August 1, 2009,
|
|
provided the MMC is eligible for relicensing.
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
</OL>
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="SEC50"></A>
|
|
<H2> ADDENDUM: How to use this License for your documents </H2>
|
|
<!--docid::SEC50::-->
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of
|
|
the License in the document and put the following copyright and
|
|
license notices just after the title page:
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<TABLE><tr><td> </td><td class=smallexample><FONT SIZE=-1><pre> Copyright (C) <VAR>year</VAR> <VAR>your name</VAR>.
|
|
Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
|
|
under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
|
|
or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
|
|
with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover
|
|
Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU
|
|
Free Documentation License''.
|
|
</FONT></pre></td></tr></table></P><P>
|
|
|
|
If you have Invariant Sections, Front-Cover Texts and Back-Cover Texts,
|
|
replace the "with<small>...</small>Texts." line with this:
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<TABLE><tr><td> </td><td class=smallexample><FONT SIZE=-1><pre> with the Invariant Sections being <VAR>list their titles</VAR>, with
|
|
the Front-Cover Texts being <VAR>list</VAR>, and with the Back-Cover Texts
|
|
being <VAR>list</VAR>.
|
|
</FONT></pre></td></tr></table></P><P>
|
|
|
|
If you have Invariant Sections without Cover Texts, or some other
|
|
combination of the three, merge those two alternatives to suit the
|
|
situation.
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we
|
|
recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of
|
|
free software license, such as the GNU General Public License,
|
|
to permit their use in free software.
|
|
</P><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="Concept Index"></A>
|
|
<HR SIZE="6">
|
|
<A NAME="SEC51"></A>
|
|
<TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
|
|
<TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC49"> < </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC52"> > </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[ << ]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top"> Up </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[ >> ]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC51">Index</A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
|
|
</TR></TABLE>
|
|
<H1> Concept Index </H1>
|
|
<!--docid::SEC51::-->
|
|
<table><tr><th valign=top>Jump to: </th><td><A HREF="readline.html#cp_A" style="text-decoration:none"><b>A</b></A>
|
|
|
|
<A HREF="readline.html#cp_C" style="text-decoration:none"><b>C</b></A>
|
|
|
|
<A HREF="readline.html#cp_E" style="text-decoration:none"><b>E</b></A>
|
|
|
|
<A HREF="readline.html#cp_I" style="text-decoration:none"><b>I</b></A>
|
|
|
|
<A HREF="readline.html#cp_K" style="text-decoration:none"><b>K</b></A>
|
|
|
|
<A HREF="readline.html#cp_N" style="text-decoration:none"><b>N</b></A>
|
|
|
|
<A HREF="readline.html#cp_R" style="text-decoration:none"><b>R</b></A>
|
|
|
|
<A HREF="readline.html#cp_V" style="text-decoration:none"><b>V</b></A>
|
|
|
|
<A HREF="readline.html#cp_Y" style="text-decoration:none"><b>Y</b></A>
|
|
|
|
</td></tr></table><br><P></P>
|
|
<TABLE border=0>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TH ALIGN=LEFT>Index Entry</TH><TH ALIGN=LEFT> Section</TH></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TH><A NAME="cp_A"></A>A</TH><TD></TD><TD></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC44">application-specific completion functions</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC44">2.6 Custom Completers</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TH><A NAME="cp_C"></A>C</TH><TD></TD><TD></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC4">command editing</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC4">1.2.1 Readline Bare Essentials</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TH><A NAME="cp_E"></A>E</TH><TD></TD><TD></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC4">editing command lines</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC4">1.2.1 Readline Bare Essentials</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TH><A NAME="cp_I"></A>I</TH><TD></TD><TD></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC9">initialization file, readline</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC9">1.3 Readline Init File</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC3">interaction, readline</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC3">1.2 Readline Interaction</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TH><A NAME="cp_K"></A>K</TH><TD></TD><TD></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX3">kill ring</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC6">1.2.3 Readline Killing Commands</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX1">killing text</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC6">1.2.3 Readline Killing Commands</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TH><A NAME="cp_N"></A>N</TH><TD></TD><TD></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#SEC4">notation, readline</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC4">1.2.1 Readline Bare Essentials</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TH><A NAME="cp_R"></A>R</TH><TD></TD><TD></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX191">readline, function</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC24">2.1 Basic Behavior</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TH><A NAME="cp_V"></A>V</TH><TD></TD><TD></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX4">variables, readline</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TH><A NAME="cp_Y"></A>Y</TH><TD></TD><TD></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX2">yanking text</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC6">1.2.3 Readline Killing Commands</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR>
|
|
</TABLE><P></P><table><tr><th valign=top>Jump to: </th><td><A HREF="readline.html#cp_A" style="text-decoration:none"><b>A</b></A>
|
|
|
|
<A HREF="readline.html#cp_C" style="text-decoration:none"><b>C</b></A>
|
|
|
|
<A HREF="readline.html#cp_E" style="text-decoration:none"><b>E</b></A>
|
|
|
|
<A HREF="readline.html#cp_I" style="text-decoration:none"><b>I</b></A>
|
|
|
|
<A HREF="readline.html#cp_K" style="text-decoration:none"><b>K</b></A>
|
|
|
|
<A HREF="readline.html#cp_N" style="text-decoration:none"><b>N</b></A>
|
|
|
|
<A HREF="readline.html#cp_R" style="text-decoration:none"><b>R</b></A>
|
|
|
|
<A HREF="readline.html#cp_V" style="text-decoration:none"><b>V</b></A>
|
|
|
|
<A HREF="readline.html#cp_Y" style="text-decoration:none"><b>Y</b></A>
|
|
|
|
</td></tr></table><br><P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="Function and Variable Index"></A>
|
|
<HR SIZE="6">
|
|
<A NAME="SEC52"></A>
|
|
<TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
|
|
<TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC51"> < </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[ > ]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[ << ]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top"> Up </A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[ >> ]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT"> <TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC51">Index</A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
|
|
</TR></TABLE>
|
|
<H1> Function and Variable Index </H1>
|
|
<!--docid::SEC52::-->
|
|
<table><tr><th valign=top>Jump to: </th><td><A HREF="readline.html#fn__" style="text-decoration:none"><b>_</b></A>
|
|
|
|
<BR>
|
|
<A HREF="readline.html#fn_A" style="text-decoration:none"><b>A</b></A>
|
|
|
|
<A HREF="readline.html#fn_B" style="text-decoration:none"><b>B</b></A>
|
|
|
|
<A HREF="readline.html#fn_C" style="text-decoration:none"><b>C</b></A>
|
|
|
|
<A HREF="readline.html#fn_D" style="text-decoration:none"><b>D</b></A>
|
|
|
|
<A HREF="readline.html#fn_E" style="text-decoration:none"><b>E</b></A>
|
|
|
|
<A HREF="readline.html#fn_F" style="text-decoration:none"><b>F</b></A>
|
|
|
|
<A HREF="readline.html#fn_H" style="text-decoration:none"><b>H</b></A>
|
|
|
|
<A HREF="readline.html#fn_I" style="text-decoration:none"><b>I</b></A>
|
|
|
|
<A HREF="readline.html#fn_K" style="text-decoration:none"><b>K</b></A>
|
|
|
|
<A HREF="readline.html#fn_M" style="text-decoration:none"><b>M</b></A>
|
|
|
|
<A HREF="readline.html#fn_N" style="text-decoration:none"><b>N</b></A>
|
|
|
|
<A HREF="readline.html#fn_O" style="text-decoration:none"><b>O</b></A>
|
|
|
|
<A HREF="readline.html#fn_P" style="text-decoration:none"><b>P</b></A>
|
|
|
|
<A HREF="readline.html#fn_Q" style="text-decoration:none"><b>Q</b></A>
|
|
|
|
<A HREF="readline.html#fn_R" style="text-decoration:none"><b>R</b></A>
|
|
|
|
<A HREF="readline.html#fn_S" style="text-decoration:none"><b>S</b></A>
|
|
|
|
<A HREF="readline.html#fn_T" style="text-decoration:none"><b>T</b></A>
|
|
|
|
<A HREF="readline.html#fn_U" style="text-decoration:none"><b>U</b></A>
|
|
|
|
<A HREF="readline.html#fn_V" style="text-decoration:none"><b>V</b></A>
|
|
|
|
<A HREF="readline.html#fn_Y" style="text-decoration:none"><b>Y</b></A>
|
|
|
|
</td></tr></table><br><P></P>
|
|
<TABLE border=0>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TH ALIGN=LEFT>Index Entry</TH><TH ALIGN=LEFT> Section</TH></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TH><A NAME="fn__"></A>_</TH><TD></TD><TD></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX307"><CODE>_rl_digit_p</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC39">2.4.10 Utility Functions</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX310"><CODE>_rl_digit_value</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC39">2.4.10 Utility Functions</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX306"><CODE>_rl_lowercase_p</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC39">2.4.10 Utility Functions</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX309"><CODE>_rl_to_lower</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC39">2.4.10 Utility Functions</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX308"><CODE>_rl_to_upper</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC39">2.4.10 Utility Functions</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX305"><CODE>_rl_uppercase_p</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC39">2.4.10 Utility Functions</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TH><A NAME="fn_A"></A>A</TH><TD></TD><TD></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX156"><CODE>abort (C-g)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX157"><CODE>abort (C-g)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX52"><CODE>accept-line (Newline or Return)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX53"><CODE>accept-line (Newline or Return)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TH><A NAME="fn_B"></A>B</TH><TD></TD><TD></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX42"><CODE>backward-char (C-b)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC14">1.4.1 Commands For Moving</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX43"><CODE>backward-char (C-b)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC14">1.4.1 Commands For Moving</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX80"><CODE>backward-delete-char (Rubout)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC16">1.4.3 Commands For Changing Text</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX81"><CODE>backward-delete-char (Rubout)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC16">1.4.3 Commands For Changing Text</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX104"><CODE>backward-kill-line (C-x Rubout)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX105"><CODE>backward-kill-line (C-x Rubout)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX112"><CODE>backward-kill-word (M-<KBD>DEL</KBD>)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX113"><CODE>backward-kill-word (M-<KBD>DEL</KBD>)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX46"><CODE>backward-word (M-b)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC14">1.4.1 Commands For Moving</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX47"><CODE>backward-word (M-b)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC14">1.4.1 Commands For Moving</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX58"><CODE>beginning-of-history (M-&#60;)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX59"><CODE>beginning-of-history (M-&#60;)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX36"><CODE>beginning-of-line (C-a)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC14">1.4.1 Commands For Moving</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX37"><CODE>beginning-of-line (C-a)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC14">1.4.1 Commands For Moving</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX5">bell-style</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX6">bind-tty-special-chars</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TH><A NAME="fn_C"></A>C</TH><TD></TD><TD></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX152"><CODE>call-last-kbd-macro (C-x e)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC20">1.4.7 Keyboard Macros</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX153"><CODE>call-last-kbd-macro (C-x e)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC20">1.4.7 Keyboard Macros</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX98"><CODE>capitalize-word (M-c)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC16">1.4.3 Commands For Changing Text</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX99"><CODE>capitalize-word (M-c)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC16">1.4.3 Commands For Changing Text</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX172"><CODE>character-search (C-])</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX173"><CODE>character-search (C-])</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX174"><CODE>character-search-backward (M-C-])</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX175"><CODE>character-search-backward (M-C-])</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX48"><CODE>clear-screen (C-l)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC14">1.4.1 Commands For Moving</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX49"><CODE>clear-screen (C-l)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC14">1.4.1 Commands For Moving</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX7">comment-begin</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX136"><CODE>complete (<KBD>TAB</KBD>)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC19">1.4.6 Letting Readline Type For You</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX137"><CODE>complete (<KBD>TAB</KBD>)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC19">1.4.6 Letting Readline Type For You</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX8">completion-display-width</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX9">completion-ignore-case</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX10">completion-map-case</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX11">completion-prefix-display-length</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX12">completion-query-items</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX13">convert-meta</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX124"><CODE>copy-backward-word ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX125"><CODE>copy-backward-word ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX126"><CODE>copy-forward-word ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX127"><CODE>copy-forward-word ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX122"><CODE>copy-region-as-kill ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX123"><CODE>copy-region-as-kill ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TH><A NAME="fn_D"></A>D</TH><TD></TD><TD></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX78"><CODE>delete-char (C-d)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC16">1.4.3 Commands For Changing Text</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX79"><CODE>delete-char (C-d)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC16">1.4.3 Commands For Changing Text</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX146"><CODE>delete-char-or-list ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC19">1.4.6 Letting Readline Type For You</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX147"><CODE>delete-char-or-list ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC19">1.4.6 Letting Readline Type For You</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX118"><CODE>delete-horizontal-space ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX119"><CODE>delete-horizontal-space ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX132"><CODE>digit-argument (<KBD>M-0</KBD>, <KBD>M-1</KBD>, <small>...</small> <KBD>M--</KBD>)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC18">1.4.5 Specifying Numeric Arguments</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX133"><CODE>digit-argument (<KBD>M-0</KBD>, <KBD>M-1</KBD>, <small>...</small> <KBD>M--</KBD>)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC18">1.4.5 Specifying Numeric Arguments</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX14">disable-completion</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX158"><CODE>do-uppercase-version (M-a, M-b, M-<VAR>x</VAR>, <small>...</small>)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX159"><CODE>do-uppercase-version (M-a, M-b, M-<VAR>x</VAR>, <small>...</small>)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX96"><CODE>downcase-word (M-l)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC16">1.4.3 Commands For Changing Text</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX97"><CODE>downcase-word (M-l)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC16">1.4.3 Commands For Changing Text</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX180"><CODE>dump-functions ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX181"><CODE>dump-functions ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX184"><CODE>dump-macros ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX185"><CODE>dump-macros ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX182"><CODE>dump-variables ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX183"><CODE>dump-variables ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TH><A NAME="fn_E"></A>E</TH><TD></TD><TD></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX15">editing-mode</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX186"><CODE>emacs-editing-mode (C-e)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX187"><CODE>emacs-editing-mode (C-e)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX16">enable-keypad</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX150"><CODE>end-kbd-macro (C-x ))</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC20">1.4.7 Keyboard Macros</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX151"><CODE>end-kbd-macro (C-x ))</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC20">1.4.7 Keyboard Macros</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX60"><CODE>end-of-history (M-&#62;)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX61"><CODE>end-of-history (M-&#62;)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX38"><CODE>end-of-line (C-e)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC14">1.4.1 Commands For Moving</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX39"><CODE>end-of-line (C-e)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC14">1.4.1 Commands For Moving</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX170"><CODE>exchange-point-and-mark (C-x C-x)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX171"><CODE>exchange-point-and-mark (C-x C-x)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX17">expand-tilde</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TH><A NAME="fn_F"></A>F</TH><TD></TD><TD></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX82"><CODE>forward-backward-delete-char ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC16">1.4.3 Commands For Changing Text</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX83"><CODE>forward-backward-delete-char ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC16">1.4.3 Commands For Changing Text</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX40"><CODE>forward-char (C-f)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC14">1.4.1 Commands For Moving</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX41"><CODE>forward-char (C-f)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC14">1.4.1 Commands For Moving</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX64"><CODE>forward-search-history (C-s)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX65"><CODE>forward-search-history (C-s)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX44"><CODE>forward-word (M-f)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC14">1.4.1 Commands For Moving</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX45"><CODE>forward-word (M-f)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC14">1.4.1 Commands For Moving</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TH><A NAME="fn_H"></A>H</TH><TD></TD><TD></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX18">history-preserve-point</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX72"><CODE>history-search-backward ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX73"><CODE>history-search-backward ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX70"><CODE>history-search-forward ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX71"><CODE>history-search-forward ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX19">history-size</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX20">horizontal-scroll-mode</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TH><A NAME="fn_I"></A>I</TH><TD></TD><TD></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX21">input-meta</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX178"><CODE>insert-comment (M-#)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX179"><CODE>insert-comment (M-#)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX140"><CODE>insert-completions (M-*)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC19">1.4.6 Letting Readline Type For You</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX141"><CODE>insert-completions (M-*)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC19">1.4.6 Letting Readline Type For You</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX23">isearch-terminators</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TH><A NAME="fn_K"></A>K</TH><TD></TD><TD></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX24">keymap</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX102"><CODE>kill-line (C-k)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX103"><CODE>kill-line (C-k)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX120"><CODE>kill-region ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX121"><CODE>kill-region ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX108"><CODE>kill-whole-line ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX109"><CODE>kill-whole-line ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX110"><CODE>kill-word (M-d)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX111"><CODE>kill-word (M-d)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TH><A NAME="fn_M"></A>M</TH><TD></TD><TD></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX25">mark-modified-lines</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX26">mark-symlinked-directories</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX27">match-hidden-files</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX142"><CODE>menu-complete ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC19">1.4.6 Letting Readline Type For You</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX143"><CODE>menu-complete ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC19">1.4.6 Letting Readline Type For You</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX144"><CODE>menu-complete-backward ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC19">1.4.6 Letting Readline Type For You</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX145"><CODE>menu-complete-backward ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC19">1.4.6 Letting Readline Type For You</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX28">menu-complete-display-prefix</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX22">meta-flag</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TH><A NAME="fn_N"></A>N</TH><TD></TD><TD></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX56"><CODE>next-history (C-n)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX57"><CODE>next-history (C-n)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX68"><CODE>non-incremental-forward-search-history (M-n)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX69"><CODE>non-incremental-forward-search-history (M-n)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX66"><CODE>non-incremental-reverse-search-history (M-p)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX67"><CODE>non-incremental-reverse-search-history (M-p)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TH><A NAME="fn_O"></A>O</TH><TD></TD><TD></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX29">output-meta</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX100"><CODE>overwrite-mode ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC16">1.4.3 Commands For Changing Text</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX101"><CODE>overwrite-mode ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC16">1.4.3 Commands For Changing Text</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TH><A NAME="fn_P"></A>P</TH><TD></TD><TD></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX30">page-completions</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX138"><CODE>possible-completions (M-?)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC19">1.4.6 Letting Readline Type For You</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX139"><CODE>possible-completions (M-?)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC19">1.4.6 Letting Readline Type For You</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX160"><CODE>prefix-meta (<KBD>ESC</KBD>)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX161"><CODE>prefix-meta (<KBD>ESC</KBD>)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX54"><CODE>previous-history (C-p)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX55"><CODE>previous-history (C-p)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TH><A NAME="fn_Q"></A>Q</TH><TD></TD><TD></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX84"><CODE>quoted-insert (C-q or C-v)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC16">1.4.3 Commands For Changing Text</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX85"><CODE>quoted-insert (C-q or C-v)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC16">1.4.3 Commands For Changing Text</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TH><A NAME="fn_R"></A>R</TH><TD></TD><TD></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX154"><CODE>re-read-init-file (C-x C-r)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX155"><CODE>re-read-init-file (C-x C-r)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX190"><CODE>readline</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC24">2.1 Basic Behavior</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX50"><CODE>redraw-current-line ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC14">1.4.1 Commands For Moving</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX51"><CODE>redraw-current-line ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC14">1.4.1 Commands For Moving</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX62"><CODE>reverse-search-history (C-r)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX63"><CODE>reverse-search-history (C-r)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX31">revert-all-at-newline</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX164"><CODE>revert-line (M-r)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX165"><CODE>revert-line (M-r)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX227"><CODE>rl_add_defun</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC30">2.4.1 Naming a Function</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX260"><CODE>rl_add_funmap_entry</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC33">2.4.4 Associating Function Names and Bindings</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX263"><CODE>rl_add_undo</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC34">2.4.5 Allowing Undoing</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX303"><CODE>rl_alphabetic</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC39">2.4.10 Utility Functions</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX203">rl_already_prompted</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX344">rl_attempted_completion_function</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC47">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX369">rl_attempted_completion_over</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC47">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX353">rl_basic_quote_characters</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC47">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX352">rl_basic_word_break_characters</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC47">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX261"><CODE>rl_begin_undo_group</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC34">2.4.5 Allowing Undoing</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX237"><CODE>rl_bind_key</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC32">2.4.3 Binding Keys</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX239"><CODE>rl_bind_key_if_unbound</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC32">2.4.3 Binding Keys</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX240"><CODE>rl_bind_key_if_unbound_in_map</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC32">2.4.3 Binding Keys</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX238"><CODE>rl_bind_key_in_map</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC32">2.4.3 Binding Keys</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX245"><CODE>rl_bind_keyseq</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC32">2.4.3 Binding Keys</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX248"><CODE>rl_bind_keyseq_if_unbound</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC32">2.4.3 Binding Keys</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX249"><CODE>rl_bind_keyseq_if_unbound_in_map</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC32">2.4.3 Binding Keys</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX246"><CODE>rl_bind_keyseq_in_map</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC32">2.4.3 Binding Keys</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX221">rl_binding_keymap</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX318"><CODE>rl_callback_handler_install</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC41">2.4.12 Alternate Interface</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX320"><CODE>rl_callback_handler_remove</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC41">2.4.12 Alternate Interface</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX319"><CODE>rl_callback_read_char</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC41">2.4.12 Alternate Interface</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX321">rl_catch_signals</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC43">2.5 Readline Signal Handling</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX322">rl_catch_sigwinch</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC43">2.5 Readline Signal Handling</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX347">rl_char_is_quoted_p</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC47">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX323"><CODE>rl_cleanup_after_signal</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC43">2.5 Readline Signal Handling</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX275"><CODE>rl_clear_message</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC35">2.4.6 Redisplay</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX289"><CODE>rl_clear_pending_input</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC37">2.4.8 Character Input</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX332"><CODE>rl_clear_signals</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC43">2.5 Readline Signal Handling</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX333"><CODE>rl_complete</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC45">2.6.1 How Completing Works</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX336"><CODE>rl_complete</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC46">2.6.2 Completion Functions</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX335"><CODE>rl_complete_internal</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC46">2.6.2 Completion Functions</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX356">rl_completer_quote_characters</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC47">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX354">rl_completer_word_break_characters</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC47">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX360">rl_completion_append_character</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC47">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX351">rl_completion_display_matches_hook</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC47">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX334">rl_completion_entry_function</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC45">2.6.1 How Completing Works</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX343">rl_completion_entry_function</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC47">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX364">rl_completion_found_quote</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC47">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX372">rl_completion_invoking_key</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC47">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX365">rl_completion_mark_symlink_dirs</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC47">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX340"><CODE>rl_completion_matches</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC46">2.6.2 Completion Functions</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX339"><CODE>rl_completion_mode</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC46">2.6.2 Completion Functions</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX359">rl_completion_query_items</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC47">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX362">rl_completion_quote_character</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC47">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX361">rl_completion_suppress_append</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC47">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX363">rl_completion_suppress_quote</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC47">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX371">rl_completion_type</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC47">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX355">rl_completion_word_break_hook</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC47">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX229"><CODE>rl_copy_keymap</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC31">2.4.2 Selecting a Keymap</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX282"><CODE>rl_copy_text</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC36">2.4.7 Modifying Text</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX272"><CODE>rl_crlf</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC35">2.4.6 Redisplay</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX281"><CODE>rl_delete_text</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC36">2.4.7 Modifying Text</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX219">rl_deprep_term_function</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX292"><CODE>rl_deprep_terminal</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC38">2.4.9 Terminal Management</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX302"><CODE>rl_ding</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC39">2.4.10 Utility Functions</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX349">rl_directory_completion_hook</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC47">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX231"><CODE>rl_discard_keymap</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC31">2.4.2 Selecting a Keymap</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX199">rl_dispatching</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX304"><CODE>rl_display_match_list</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC39">2.4.10 Utility Functions</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX202">rl_display_prompt</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX265"><CODE>rl_do_undo</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC34">2.4.5 Allowing Undoing</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX196">rl_done</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX326"><CODE>rl_echo_signal_char</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC43">2.5 Readline Signal Handling</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX226">rl_editing_mode</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX194">rl_end</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX262"><CODE>rl_end_undo_group</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC34">2.4.5 Allowing Undoing</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX200">rl_erase_empty_line</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX215">rl_event_hook</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX288"><CODE>rl_execute_next</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC37">2.4.8 Character Input</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX220">rl_executing_keymap</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX222">rl_executing_macro</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX278"><CODE>rl_expand_prompt</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC35">2.4.6 Redisplay</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX224">rl_explicit_arg</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX300"><CODE>rl_extend_line_buffer</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC39">2.4.10 Utility Functions</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX367">rl_filename_completion_desired</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC47">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX341"><CODE>rl_filename_completion_function</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC46">2.6.2 Completion Functions</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX346">rl_filename_dequoting_function</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC47">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX357">rl_filename_quote_characters</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC47">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX368">rl_filename_quoting_desired</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC47">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX345">rl_filename_quoting_function</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC47">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX350">rl_filename_rewrite_hook</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC47">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX268"><CODE>rl_forced_update_display</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC35">2.4.6 Redisplay</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX298"><CODE>rl_free</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC39">2.4.10 Utility Functions</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX232"><CODE>rl_free_keymap</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC31">2.4.2 Selecting a Keymap</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX324"><CODE>rl_free_line_state</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC43">2.5 Readline Signal Handling</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX264"><CODE>rl_free_undo_list</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC34">2.4.5 Allowing Undoing</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX257"><CODE>rl_function_dumper</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC33">2.4.4 Associating Function Names and Bindings</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX254"><CODE>rl_function_of_keyseq</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC33">2.4.4 Associating Function Names and Bindings</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX259"><CODE>rl_funmap_names</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC33">2.4.4 Associating Function Names and Bindings</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX250"><CODE>rl_generic_bind</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC32">2.4.3 Binding Keys</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX233"><CODE>rl_get_keymap</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC31">2.4.2 Selecting a Keymap</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX235"><CODE>rl_get_keymap_by_name</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC31">2.4.2 Selecting a Keymap</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX236"><CODE>rl_get_keymap_name</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC31">2.4.2 Selecting a Keymap</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX329"><CODE>rl_get_screen_size</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC43">2.5 Readline Signal Handling</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX317"><CODE>rl_get_termcap</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC40">2.4.11 Miscellaneous Functions</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX286"><CODE>rl_getc</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC37">2.4.8 Character Input</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX216">rl_getc_function</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX206">rl_gnu_readline_p</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX366">rl_ignore_completion_duplicates</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC47">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX348">rl_ignore_some_completions_function</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC47">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX373">rl_inhibit_completion</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC47">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX301"><CODE>rl_initialize</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC39">2.4.10 Utility Functions</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX338"><CODE>rl_insert_completions</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC46">2.6.2 Completion Functions</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX280"><CODE>rl_insert_text</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC36">2.4.7 Modifying Text</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX209">rl_instream</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX255"><CODE>rl_invoking_keyseqs</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC33">2.4.4 Associating Function Names and Bindings</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX256"><CODE>rl_invoking_keyseqs_in_map</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC33">2.4.4 Associating Function Names and Bindings</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX283"><CODE>rl_kill_text</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC36">2.4.7 Modifying Text</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX212">rl_last_func</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX204">rl_library_version</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX192">rl_line_buffer</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX258"><CODE>rl_list_funmap_names</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC33">2.4.4 Associating Function Names and Bindings</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX311"><CODE>rl_macro_bind</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC40">2.4.11 Miscellaneous Functions</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX312"><CODE>rl_macro_dumper</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC40">2.4.11 Miscellaneous Functions</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX228"><CODE>rl_make_bare_keymap</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC31">2.4.2 Selecting a Keymap</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX230"><CODE>rl_make_keymap</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC31">2.4.2 Selecting a Keymap</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX195">rl_mark</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX274"><CODE>rl_message</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC35">2.4.6 Redisplay</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX266"><CODE>rl_modifying</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC34">2.4.5 Allowing Undoing</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX253"><CODE>rl_named_function</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC33">2.4.4 Associating Function Names and Bindings</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX197">rl_num_chars_to_read</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX225">rl_numeric_arg</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX269"><CODE>rl_on_new_line</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC35">2.4.6 Redisplay</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX270"><CODE>rl_on_new_line_with_prompt</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC35">2.4.6 Redisplay</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX210">rl_outstream</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX251"><CODE>rl_parse_and_bind</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC32">2.4.3 Binding Keys</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX198">rl_pending_input</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX193">rl_point</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX337"><CODE>rl_possible_completions</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC46">2.6.2 Completion Functions</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX214">rl_pre_input_hook</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX211">rl_prefer_env_winsize</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX218">rl_prep_term_function</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX291"><CODE>rl_prep_terminal</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC38">2.4.9 Terminal Management</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX201">rl_prompt</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX284"><CODE>rl_push_macro_input</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC36">2.4.7 Modifying Text</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX252"><CODE>rl_read_init_file</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC32">2.4.3 Binding Keys</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX285"><CODE>rl_read_key</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC37">2.4.8 Character Input</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX208">rl_readline_name</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX223">rl_readline_state</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX205">rl_readline_version</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX267"><CODE>rl_redisplay</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC35">2.4.6 Redisplay</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX217">rl_redisplay_function</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX299"><CODE>rl_replace_line</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC39">2.4.10 Utility Functions</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX325"><CODE>rl_reset_after_signal</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC43">2.5 Readline Signal Handling</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX271"><CODE>rl_reset_line_state</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC35">2.4.6 Redisplay</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX330"><CODE>rl_reset_screen_size</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC43">2.5 Readline Signal Handling</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX295"><CODE>rl_reset_terminal</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC38">2.4.9 Terminal Management</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX327"><CODE>rl_resize_terminal</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC43">2.5 Readline Signal Handling</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX277"><CODE>rl_restore_prompt</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC35">2.4.6 Redisplay</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX297"><CODE>rl_restore_state</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC39">2.4.10 Utility Functions</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX276"><CODE>rl_save_prompt</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC35">2.4.6 Redisplay</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX296"><CODE>rl_save_state</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC39">2.4.10 Utility Functions</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX247"><CODE>rl_set_key</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC32">2.4.3 Binding Keys</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX290"><CODE>rl_set_keyboard_input_timeout</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC37">2.4.8 Character Input</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX234"><CODE>rl_set_keymap</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC31">2.4.2 Selecting a Keymap</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX316"><CODE>rl_set_paren_blink_timeout</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC40">2.4.11 Miscellaneous Functions</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX279"><CODE>rl_set_prompt</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC35">2.4.6 Redisplay</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX328"><CODE>rl_set_screen_size</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC43">2.5 Readline Signal Handling</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX331"><CODE>rl_set_signals</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC43">2.5 Readline Signal Handling</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX273"><CODE>rl_show_char</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC35">2.4.6 Redisplay</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX370">rl_sort_completion_matches</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC47">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX358">rl_special_prefixes</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC47">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX213">rl_startup_hook</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX287"><CODE>rl_stuff_char</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC37">2.4.8 Character Input</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX207">rl_terminal_name</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX293"><CODE>rl_tty_set_default_bindings</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC38">2.4.9 Terminal Management</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX294"><CODE>rl_tty_unset_default_bindings</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC38">2.4.9 Terminal Management</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX244"><CODE>rl_unbind_command_in_map</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC32">2.4.3 Binding Keys</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX243"><CODE>rl_unbind_function_in_map</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC32">2.4.3 Binding Keys</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX241"><CODE>rl_unbind_key</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC32">2.4.3 Binding Keys</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX242"><CODE>rl_unbind_key_in_map</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC32">2.4.3 Binding Keys</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX342"><CODE>rl_username_completion_function</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC46">2.6.2 Completion Functions</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX313"><CODE>rl_variable_bind</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC40">2.4.11 Miscellaneous Functions</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX315"><CODE>rl_variable_dumper</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC40">2.4.11 Miscellaneous Functions</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX314"><CODE>rl_variable_value</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC40">2.4.11 Miscellaneous Functions</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TH><A NAME="fn_S"></A>S</TH><TD></TD><TD></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX88"><CODE>self-insert (a, b, A, 1, !, <small>...</small>)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC16">1.4.3 Commands For Changing Text</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX89"><CODE>self-insert (a, b, A, 1, !, <small>...</small>)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC16">1.4.3 Commands For Changing Text</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX168"><CODE>set-mark (C-@)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX169"><CODE>set-mark (C-@)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX32">show-all-if-ambiguous</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX33">show-all-if-unmodified</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX34">skip-completed-text</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX176"><CODE>skip-csi-sequence ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX177"><CODE>skip-csi-sequence ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX148"><CODE>start-kbd-macro (C-x ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC20">1.4.7 Keyboard Macros</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX149"><CODE>start-kbd-macro (C-x ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC20">1.4.7 Keyboard Macros</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TH><A NAME="fn_T"></A>T</TH><TD></TD><TD></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX86"><CODE>tab-insert (M-<KBD>TAB</KBD>)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC16">1.4.3 Commands For Changing Text</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX87"><CODE>tab-insert (M-<KBD>TAB</KBD>)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC16">1.4.3 Commands For Changing Text</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX166"><CODE>tilde-expand (M-~)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX167"><CODE>tilde-expand (M-~)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX90"><CODE>transpose-chars (C-t)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC16">1.4.3 Commands For Changing Text</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX91"><CODE>transpose-chars (C-t)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC16">1.4.3 Commands For Changing Text</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX92"><CODE>transpose-words (M-t)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC16">1.4.3 Commands For Changing Text</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX93"><CODE>transpose-words (M-t)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC16">1.4.3 Commands For Changing Text</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TH><A NAME="fn_U"></A>U</TH><TD></TD><TD></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX162"><CODE>undo (C-_ or C-x C-u)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX163"><CODE>undo (C-_ or C-x C-u)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX134"><CODE>universal-argument ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC18">1.4.5 Specifying Numeric Arguments</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX135"><CODE>universal-argument ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC18">1.4.5 Specifying Numeric Arguments</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX116"><CODE>unix-filename-rubout ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX117"><CODE>unix-filename-rubout ()</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX106"><CODE>unix-line-discard (C-u)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX107"><CODE>unix-line-discard (C-u)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX114"><CODE>unix-word-rubout (C-w)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX115"><CODE>unix-word-rubout (C-w)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX94"><CODE>upcase-word (M-u)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC16">1.4.3 Commands For Changing Text</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX95"><CODE>upcase-word (M-u)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC16">1.4.3 Commands For Changing Text</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TH><A NAME="fn_V"></A>V</TH><TD></TD><TD></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX188"><CODE>vi-editing-mode (M-C-j)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX189"><CODE>vi-editing-mode (M-C-j)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX35">visible-stats</A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TH><A NAME="fn_Y"></A>Y</TH><TD></TD><TD></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX128"><CODE>yank (C-y)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX129"><CODE>yank (C-y)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX76"><CODE>yank-last-arg (M-. or M-_)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX77"><CODE>yank-last-arg (M-. or M-_)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX74"><CODE>yank-nth-arg (M-C-y)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX75"><CODE>yank-nth-arg (M-C-y)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX130"><CODE>yank-pop (M-y)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="readline.html#IDX131"><CODE>yank-pop (M-y)</CODE></A></TD><TD valign=top><A HREF="rlman.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR><TD COLSPAN=3> <HR></TD></TR>
|
|
</TABLE><P></P><table><tr><th valign=top>Jump to: </th><td><A HREF="readline.html#fn__" style="text-decoration:none"><b>_</b></A>
|
|
|
|
<BR>
|
|
<A HREF="readline.html#fn_A" style="text-decoration:none"><b>A</b></A>
|
|
|
|
<A HREF="readline.html#fn_B" style="text-decoration:none"><b>B</b></A>
|
|
|
|
<A HREF="readline.html#fn_C" style="text-decoration:none"><b>C</b></A>
|
|
|
|
<A HREF="readline.html#fn_D" style="text-decoration:none"><b>D</b></A>
|
|
|
|
<A HREF="readline.html#fn_E" style="text-decoration:none"><b>E</b></A>
|
|
|
|
<A HREF="readline.html#fn_F" style="text-decoration:none"><b>F</b></A>
|
|
|
|
<A HREF="readline.html#fn_H" style="text-decoration:none"><b>H</b></A>
|
|
|
|
<A HREF="readline.html#fn_I" style="text-decoration:none"><b>I</b></A>
|
|
|
|
<A HREF="readline.html#fn_K" style="text-decoration:none"><b>K</b></A>
|
|
|
|
<A HREF="readline.html#fn_M" style="text-decoration:none"><b>M</b></A>
|
|
|
|
<A HREF="readline.html#fn_N" style="text-decoration:none"><b>N</b></A>
|
|
|
|
<A HREF="readline.html#fn_O" style="text-decoration:none"><b>O</b></A>
|
|
|
|
<A HREF="readline.html#fn_P" style="text-decoration:none"><b>P</b></A>
|
|
|
|
<A HREF="readline.html#fn_Q" style="text-decoration:none"><b>Q</b></A>
|
|
|
|
<A HREF="readline.html#fn_R" style="text-decoration:none"><b>R</b></A>
|
|
|
|
<A HREF="readline.html#fn_S" style="text-decoration:none"><b>S</b></A>
|
|
|
|
<A HREF="readline.html#fn_T" style="text-decoration:none"><b>T</b></A>
|
|
|
|
<A HREF="readline.html#fn_U" style="text-decoration:none"><b>U</b></A>
|
|
|
|
<A HREF="readline.html#fn_V" style="text-decoration:none"><b>V</b></A>
|
|
|
|
<A HREF="readline.html#fn_Y" style="text-decoration:none"><b>Y</b></A>
|
|
|
|
</td></tr></table><br><P>
|
|
|
|
<HR SIZE="6">
|
|
<A NAME="SEC_Contents"></A>
|
|
<TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
|
|
<TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC51">Index</A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
|
|
</TR></TABLE>
|
|
<H1>Table of Contents</H1>
|
|
<UL>
|
|
<A NAME="TOC1" HREF="readline.html#SEC1">1. Command Line Editing</A>
|
|
<BR>
|
|
<UL>
|
|
<A NAME="TOC2" HREF="readline.html#SEC2">1.1 Introduction to Line Editing</A>
|
|
<BR>
|
|
<A NAME="TOC3" HREF="readline.html#SEC3">1.2 Readline Interaction</A>
|
|
<BR>
|
|
<UL>
|
|
<A NAME="TOC4" HREF="readline.html#SEC4">1.2.1 Readline Bare Essentials</A>
|
|
<BR>
|
|
<A NAME="TOC5" HREF="readline.html#SEC5">1.2.2 Readline Movement Commands</A>
|
|
<BR>
|
|
<A NAME="TOC6" HREF="readline.html#SEC6">1.2.3 Readline Killing Commands</A>
|
|
<BR>
|
|
<A NAME="TOC7" HREF="readline.html#SEC7">1.2.4 Readline Arguments</A>
|
|
<BR>
|
|
<A NAME="TOC8" HREF="readline.html#SEC8">1.2.5 Searching for Commands in the History</A>
|
|
<BR>
|
|
</UL>
|
|
<A NAME="TOC9" HREF="readline.html#SEC9">1.3 Readline Init File</A>
|
|
<BR>
|
|
<UL>
|
|
<A NAME="TOC10" HREF="readline.html#SEC10">1.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax</A>
|
|
<BR>
|
|
<A NAME="TOC11" HREF="readline.html#SEC11">1.3.2 Conditional Init Constructs</A>
|
|
<BR>
|
|
<A NAME="TOC12" HREF="readline.html#SEC12">1.3.3 Sample Init File</A>
|
|
<BR>
|
|
</UL>
|
|
<A NAME="TOC13" HREF="readline.html#SEC13">1.4 Bindable Readline Commands</A>
|
|
<BR>
|
|
<UL>
|
|
<A NAME="TOC14" HREF="readline.html#SEC14">1.4.1 Commands For Moving</A>
|
|
<BR>
|
|
<A NAME="TOC15" HREF="readline.html#SEC15">1.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History</A>
|
|
<BR>
|
|
<A NAME="TOC16" HREF="readline.html#SEC16">1.4.3 Commands For Changing Text</A>
|
|
<BR>
|
|
<A NAME="TOC17" HREF="readline.html#SEC17">1.4.4 Killing And Yanking</A>
|
|
<BR>
|
|
<A NAME="TOC18" HREF="readline.html#SEC18">1.4.5 Specifying Numeric Arguments</A>
|
|
<BR>
|
|
<A NAME="TOC19" HREF="readline.html#SEC19">1.4.6 Letting Readline Type For You</A>
|
|
<BR>
|
|
<A NAME="TOC20" HREF="readline.html#SEC20">1.4.7 Keyboard Macros</A>
|
|
<BR>
|
|
<A NAME="TOC21" HREF="readline.html#SEC21">1.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands</A>
|
|
<BR>
|
|
</UL>
|
|
<A NAME="TOC22" HREF="readline.html#SEC22">1.5 Readline vi Mode</A>
|
|
<BR>
|
|
</UL>
|
|
<A NAME="TOC23" HREF="readline.html#SEC23">2. Programming with GNU Readline</A>
|
|
<BR>
|
|
<UL>
|
|
<A NAME="TOC24" HREF="readline.html#SEC24">2.1 Basic Behavior</A>
|
|
<BR>
|
|
<A NAME="TOC25" HREF="readline.html#SEC25">2.2 Custom Functions</A>
|
|
<BR>
|
|
<UL>
|
|
<A NAME="TOC26" HREF="readline.html#SEC26">2.2.1 Readline Typedefs</A>
|
|
<BR>
|
|
<A NAME="TOC27" HREF="readline.html#SEC27">2.2.2 Writing a New Function</A>
|
|
<BR>
|
|
</UL>
|
|
<A NAME="TOC28" HREF="readline.html#SEC28">2.3 Readline Variables</A>
|
|
<BR>
|
|
<A NAME="TOC29" HREF="readline.html#SEC29">2.4 Readline Convenience Functions</A>
|
|
<BR>
|
|
<UL>
|
|
<A NAME="TOC30" HREF="readline.html#SEC30">2.4.1 Naming a Function</A>
|
|
<BR>
|
|
<A NAME="TOC31" HREF="readline.html#SEC31">2.4.2 Selecting a Keymap</A>
|
|
<BR>
|
|
<A NAME="TOC32" HREF="readline.html#SEC32">2.4.3 Binding Keys</A>
|
|
<BR>
|
|
<A NAME="TOC33" HREF="readline.html#SEC33">2.4.4 Associating Function Names and Bindings</A>
|
|
<BR>
|
|
<A NAME="TOC34" HREF="readline.html#SEC34">2.4.5 Allowing Undoing</A>
|
|
<BR>
|
|
<A NAME="TOC35" HREF="readline.html#SEC35">2.4.6 Redisplay</A>
|
|
<BR>
|
|
<A NAME="TOC36" HREF="readline.html#SEC36">2.4.7 Modifying Text</A>
|
|
<BR>
|
|
<A NAME="TOC37" HREF="readline.html#SEC37">2.4.8 Character Input</A>
|
|
<BR>
|
|
<A NAME="TOC38" HREF="readline.html#SEC38">2.4.9 Terminal Management</A>
|
|
<BR>
|
|
<A NAME="TOC39" HREF="readline.html#SEC39">2.4.10 Utility Functions</A>
|
|
<BR>
|
|
<A NAME="TOC40" HREF="readline.html#SEC40">2.4.11 Miscellaneous Functions</A>
|
|
<BR>
|
|
<A NAME="TOC41" HREF="readline.html#SEC41">2.4.12 Alternate Interface</A>
|
|
<BR>
|
|
<A NAME="TOC42" HREF="readline.html#SEC42">2.4.13 A Readline Example</A>
|
|
<BR>
|
|
</UL>
|
|
<A NAME="TOC43" HREF="readline.html#SEC43">2.5 Readline Signal Handling</A>
|
|
<BR>
|
|
<A NAME="TOC44" HREF="readline.html#SEC44">2.6 Custom Completers</A>
|
|
<BR>
|
|
<UL>
|
|
<A NAME="TOC45" HREF="readline.html#SEC45">2.6.1 How Completing Works</A>
|
|
<BR>
|
|
<A NAME="TOC46" HREF="readline.html#SEC46">2.6.2 Completion Functions</A>
|
|
<BR>
|
|
<A NAME="TOC47" HREF="readline.html#SEC47">2.6.3 Completion Variables</A>
|
|
<BR>
|
|
<A NAME="TOC48" HREF="readline.html#SEC48">2.6.4 A Short Completion Example</A>
|
|
<BR>
|
|
</UL>
|
|
</UL>
|
|
<A NAME="TOC49" HREF="readline.html#SEC49">A. GNU Free Documentation License</A>
|
|
<BR>
|
|
<A NAME="TOC51" HREF="readline.html#SEC51">Concept Index</A>
|
|
<BR>
|
|
<A NAME="TOC52" HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Function and Variable Index</A>
|
|
<BR>
|
|
</UL>
|
|
<HR SIZE=1>
|
|
<A NAME="SEC_OVERVIEW"></A>
|
|
<TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
|
|
<TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC51">Index</A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
|
|
</TR></TABLE>
|
|
<H1>Short Table of Contents</H1>
|
|
<BLOCKQUOTE>
|
|
<A NAME="TOC1" HREF="readline.html#SEC1">1. Command Line Editing</A>
|
|
<BR>
|
|
<A NAME="TOC23" HREF="readline.html#SEC23">2. Programming with GNU Readline</A>
|
|
<BR>
|
|
<A NAME="TOC49" HREF="readline.html#SEC49">A. GNU Free Documentation License</A>
|
|
<BR>
|
|
<A NAME="TOC51" HREF="readline.html#SEC51">Concept Index</A>
|
|
<BR>
|
|
<A NAME="TOC52" HREF="readline.html#SEC52">Function and Variable Index</A>
|
|
<BR>
|
|
|
|
</BLOCKQUOTE>
|
|
<HR SIZE=1>
|
|
<A NAME="SEC_About"></A>
|
|
<TABLE CELLPADDING=1 CELLSPACING=1 BORDER=0>
|
|
<TR><TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Top">Top</A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_Contents">Contents</A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC51">Index</A>]</TD>
|
|
<TD VALIGN="MIDDLE" ALIGN="LEFT">[<A HREF="readline.html#SEC_About"> ? </A>]</TD>
|
|
</TR></TABLE>
|
|
<H1>About this document</H1>
|
|
This document was generated by <I>Chet Ramey</I> on <I>December, 7 2010</I>
|
|
using <A HREF="http://www.mathematik.uni-kl.de/~obachman/Texi2html
|
|
"><I>texi2html</I></A>
|
|
<P></P>
|
|
The buttons in the navigation panels have the following meaning:
|
|
<P></P>
|
|
<table border = "1">
|
|
<TR>
|
|
<TH> Button </TH>
|
|
<TH> Name </TH>
|
|
<TH> Go to </TH>
|
|
<TH> From 1.2.3 go to</TH>
|
|
</TR>
|
|
<TR>
|
|
<TD ALIGN="CENTER">
|
|
[ < ] </TD>
|
|
<TD ALIGN="CENTER">
|
|
Back
|
|
</TD>
|
|
<TD>
|
|
previous section in reading order
|
|
</TD>
|
|
<TD>
|
|
1.2.2
|
|
</TD>
|
|
</TR>
|
|
<TR>
|
|
<TD ALIGN="CENTER">
|
|
[ > ] </TD>
|
|
<TD ALIGN="CENTER">
|
|
Forward
|
|
</TD>
|
|
<TD>
|
|
next section in reading order
|
|
</TD>
|
|
<TD>
|
|
1.2.4
|
|
</TD>
|
|
</TR>
|
|
<TR>
|
|
<TD ALIGN="CENTER">
|
|
[ << ] </TD>
|
|
<TD ALIGN="CENTER">
|
|
FastBack
|
|
</TD>
|
|
<TD>
|
|
previous or up-and-previous section
|
|
</TD>
|
|
<TD>
|
|
1.1
|
|
</TD>
|
|
</TR>
|
|
<TR>
|
|
<TD ALIGN="CENTER">
|
|
[ Up ] </TD>
|
|
<TD ALIGN="CENTER">
|
|
Up
|
|
</TD>
|
|
<TD>
|
|
up section
|
|
</TD>
|
|
<TD>
|
|
1.2
|
|
</TD>
|
|
</TR>
|
|
<TR>
|
|
<TD ALIGN="CENTER">
|
|
[ >> ] </TD>
|
|
<TD ALIGN="CENTER">
|
|
FastForward
|
|
</TD>
|
|
<TD>
|
|
next or up-and-next section
|
|
</TD>
|
|
<TD>
|
|
1.3
|
|
</TD>
|
|
</TR>
|
|
<TR>
|
|
<TD ALIGN="CENTER">
|
|
[Top] </TD>
|
|
<TD ALIGN="CENTER">
|
|
Top
|
|
</TD>
|
|
<TD>
|
|
cover (top) of document
|
|
</TD>
|
|
<TD>
|
|
|
|
</TD>
|
|
</TR>
|
|
<TR>
|
|
<TD ALIGN="CENTER">
|
|
[Contents] </TD>
|
|
<TD ALIGN="CENTER">
|
|
Contents
|
|
</TD>
|
|
<TD>
|
|
table of contents
|
|
</TD>
|
|
<TD>
|
|
|
|
</TD>
|
|
</TR>
|
|
<TR>
|
|
<TD ALIGN="CENTER">
|
|
[Index] </TD>
|
|
<TD ALIGN="CENTER">
|
|
Index
|
|
</TD>
|
|
<TD>
|
|
concept index
|
|
</TD>
|
|
<TD>
|
|
|
|
</TD>
|
|
</TR>
|
|
<TR>
|
|
<TD ALIGN="CENTER">
|
|
[ ? ] </TD>
|
|
<TD ALIGN="CENTER">
|
|
About
|
|
</TD>
|
|
<TD>
|
|
this page
|
|
</TD>
|
|
<TD>
|
|
|
|
</TD>
|
|
</TR>
|
|
</TABLE>
|
|
<P></P>
|
|
where the <STRONG> Example </STRONG> assumes that the current position
|
|
is at <STRONG> Subsubsection One-Two-Three </STRONG> of a document of
|
|
the following structure:
|
|
<UL>
|
|
<LI> 1. Section One </LI>
|
|
<UL>
|
|
<LI>1.1 Subsection One-One</LI>
|
|
<UL>
|
|
<LI> ... </LI>
|
|
</UL>
|
|
<LI>1.2 Subsection One-Two</LI>
|
|
<UL>
|
|
<LI>1.2.1 Subsubsection One-Two-One
|
|
</LI><LI>1.2.2 Subsubsection One-Two-Two
|
|
</LI><LI>1.2.3 Subsubsection One-Two-Three <STRONG>
|
|
<== Current Position </STRONG>
|
|
</LI><LI>1.2.4 Subsubsection One-Two-Four
|
|
</LI></UL>
|
|
<LI>1.3 Subsection One-Three</LI>
|
|
<UL>
|
|
<LI> ... </LI>
|
|
</UL>
|
|
<LI>1.4 Subsection One-Four</LI>
|
|
</UL>
|
|
</UL>
|
|
|
|
<HR SIZE=1>
|
|
<BR>
|
|
<FONT SIZE="-1">
|
|
This document was generated
|
|
by <I>Chet Ramey</I> on <I>December, 7 2010</I>
|
|
using <A HREF="http://www.mathematik.uni-kl.de/~obachman/Texi2html
|
|
"><I>texi2html</I></A>
|
|
|
|
</BODY>
|
|
</HTML>
|